Acts 18 — Open Scroll

← Previous: Acts 17 Next: Acts 19 →Back to Open Scroll Behind the text

Acts 18

Match: OffMatch: On Clear Select a word card Matching words are off No matching-word link is available for this card. 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 80 matching words in 27 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 10 matching words in 8 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 29 matching words in 20 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 10 matching words in 8 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 16 matching words in 12 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 17 matching words in 16 verses 7 matching words in 7 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse

CHAPTER 18

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

VERSE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

Maps and charts for this chapter

Corinth Paul's Second Journey Paul's Third Journey Paul's Journeys Corinth in the Time of Paul

← Back to Matthew 10:11

← Back to Acts 17:15

← Back to Romans 15:19

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:2

← Back to 1 Corinthians 2:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 14:36

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:7

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 1:7

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 3:6

Acts 18:1

1After these things he departed from Athens and came to Corinth

Related verses (5)

Acts 17:32-33 | Acts 19:1 | 1 Corinthians 1:2 | 2 Corinthians 1:1, 23 | 2 Timothy 4:20

After

these things

he departed

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

Athens

and came

Corinth

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Μετὰmeh-TAH

ταῦταTOW-tah

χωρισθεὶςchoh-ree-STHAYS

ἐκek

τῶνtohn

Ἀθηνῶνah-thay-NOHN

ἦλθενAYL-then

εἰςays

ΚόρινθονKOH-reen-thohn

The Pieces

ΜετὰGreek preposition

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

χωρισθεὶςGreek verb

ἐκGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

Ἀθηνῶνname of a place

ἦλθενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Κόρινθονname of a place

What It Can Mean

with/after(a) gen: with, in company with, (b) acc: (1) behind, beyond, after, of place, (2) after, of time, with nouns, neut. of adjectives.μετά (before vowel μετ’; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b ), prep. c. gen., acc. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in LXX for אֵת, עִם, אַחַד, etc.;]. C. gen., among, amid: Mk 1:13, Lk 22:37 (LXX, ἐν ) 24:5, Jo 18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mk 10:30. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more freq. in NT; cf. Bl., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8:11 20:20, Mk 1:29 3:7, Lk 5:30, Jo 3:22, Ga 2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mt 5:25, Mk 3:14, al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3:2, Ac 7:9, Phl 4:9, al.; opp. to εἶναι κατά, Mt 12:30, Lk 11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, Pr., 106, 246 f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., c. dat., to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם probably misspelled לְהִלָּחֵם, I Ki 17:33 ), Re 2:16, al.; c. gen. rei, χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mk 3:5, al. C. acc., of place, behind, after: He 9:3. Of time, after: Mt 17:1, Mk 14:1, Lk 1:24, Ac 1:5, Ga 1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jo 2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mk 16:[12], Lk 5:27, Jo 3:22, al; c. inf. artic. (Bl., § 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 26:32, Mk 1:14, al. In composition, of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. after: μεταμέλομαι.Scroll for more

thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to separate/leave(a) I separate, put apart, (b) mid. or pass: I separate myself, depart, withdraw.χωρίζω [in LXX: II Ch 12:8, al. ( בּדל ni., etc.), Wi 1:3, II Mac 5:21, al.;] to separate, divide, put asunder: c. acc. rei, opp. to συζεύγνυμι Mt 19:6, Mk 10:9; c. acc. pers., seq. ἀπό ( Wi 1:3 ), Ro 8:35, 39; pf. pass ptcp., He 7:26. In late writers, mid. and 1 aor pass., to separate oneself, depart: Phm 15; seq. ἀπό Ac 1:4, ἐκ, Ac 18:1-2; of divorce (polyb., al.), I Co 7:10, 11, 15 (cf. ἀπο-, δια-χωρίζω ).†Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

AthensAthens, the intellectual capital of Greece.Ἀθῆναι, -ῶν, αἱ (plural because consisting of several parts), Athens: Ac 17:15, 16 18:1, I Th 3:1.†Scroll for more

to come/goI come, go.ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very freq. for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all;] to come; of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mt 8:9, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:27, Ro 9:9, al.; seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:35 7:1, Jo 3:2, al.; ἐκ, Lk 5:17, Jo 3:31, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:29, al.; διά seq. εἰς, Mk 7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ἐν ), Ro 15:29, I Co 4:21; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 6:53 11:13, Jo 19:33, al.; κατά, c. acc., Lk 10:33 Ac 16:7; παρά, c. gen., Lk 8:49; c. acc., Mt 15:29, Mk 9:14, al.; c. dat. comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21:5, Re 2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jo 3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jo 3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mk 5:27; ὧδε, Mt 8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:3; ποῦ, He 11:8; seq. ἕως, Lk 4:42; ἄχρι, Ac 11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mk 5:14, Lk 1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mt 27:49; ἵνα, Jo 12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ac 9:21; διά, c. acc., Jo 12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mk 2:18, Jo 6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2:8 8:7, Mk 7:25, Ac 16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Lk 15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah ( ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mt 11:3, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 3:16, Jo 4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mt 11:19, Lk 7:34, Jo 5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mt 10:23, Ac 1:11, I Co 4:5, I Th 5:2, al.; of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (pres. for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Lk 23:29, He 8:8 (LXX); fut., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jo 13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, I Th 5:2; καιροί, Ac 3:19; of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Lk 17:27; λιμός, Ac 7:11; ἡ ὀργή, I Th 1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mk 4:21 (v. Swete, in l.). Metaph., τ. ἀγαθά, Ro 3:8; τ. τέλειον, I Co 13:10; ἡ πίστις, Ga 3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Ro 7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Re 7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mk 5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. to go: ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי ), Mt 16:24, Mk 8:34, Lk 9:23; σύν, Jo 21:3; ὁδόν, Lk 2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, παρ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, s.v. ἔρξομαι ).Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

CorinthCorinth, in north-east Peloponnese, the capital of the Roman province Achaia.Κόρινθος, -ου, ἡ, Corinth: Ac 18:1, 27 19:1, I Co 1:2, II Co 1:1, 23, II Ti 4:20.†Scroll for more

← Back to Romans 16:3

← Back to 1 Corinthians 16:19

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:19

← Back to Hebrews 13:24

← Back to 1 Peter 1:1

Acts 18:2

2And he found a certain Jew named Aquila a man of Pontus by race lately come from Italy with his wife Priscilla because Claudius had commanded all the Jews to depart from Rome and he came unto them

Related verses (7)

And

he found

a certain

Jew

named

Aquila

a man of Pontus

The ASV does not translate this word.

by race

lately

come

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

Italy

with

Priscilla

wife

his

because

The ASV does not translate this word.

had commanded

Claudius

to depart

all

the

Jews

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

Rome

and he came

unto them

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

καὶkai

εὑρώνhyoo-ROHN

τιναtee-nah

Ἰουδαῖονee-oo-DAI-ohn

ὀνόματιoh-NOH-mah-tee

Ἀκύλανah-KOO-lahn

Ποντικὸνpohn-tee-KOHN

τῷtoh

γένειGEH-nay

προσφάτωςproh-SFAH-tohs

ἐληλυθόταeh-lay-loo-THOH-tah

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

Ἰταλίαςee-tah-LEE-ahs

καὶkai

ΠρίσκιλλανPREE-skee-lahn

γυναῖκαgoo-NAI-kah

αὐτοῦow-TOO

διὰdee-AH

τὸtoh

διατεταχέναιdee-ah-teh-tah-CHEH-nai

ΚλαύδιονKLOW-dee-ohn

χωρίζεσθαιchoh-REE-zeh-sthai

πάνταςPAHN-tahs

τοὺςtoos

Ἰουδαίουςee-oo-DAI-oos

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

ῬώμηςROH-mays

προσῆλθενproh-SAYL-then

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

εὑρώνGreek verb

τιναGreek indefinite pronoun

Ἰουδαῖονname of a people descended from a person

ὀνόματιGreek noun, neuter

Ἀκύλανname of a person

ΠοντικὸνGreek adjective

τῷGreek article

γένειGreek noun, neuter

προσφάτωςGreek adverb

ἐληλυθόταGreek verb

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

Ἰταλίαςname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

Πρίσκιλλανname of a person

γυναῖκαGreek noun, feminine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

διὰGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

διατεταχέναιGreek verb

Κλαύδιονname of a person

χωρίζεσθαιGreek verb

πάνταςGreek adjective

τοὺςGreek article

Ἰουδαίουςname of a people descended from a person

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

Ῥώμηςname of a place

προσῆλθενGreek verb

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to find/meetI find, learn, discover, especially after searching.εὑρίσκω, [in LXX chiefly for מצא, also for נשׂג hi., etc.;] to find, with or without previous search: absol., opp. to ζητέω, Mt 7:7, 8 Lk 11:9, 10; c. acc., Mt 2:8, Mk 1:37, Ac 13:22, II Ti 1:17, al.; pass., οὐχ εὑ., of disappearance, He 11:5, Re 16:20, al.; γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, v. Mayor, ICC, in l.), II Pe 3:10, WH, R, mg. Metaph., to find, find out by inquiry, learn, discover: Lk 19:48, Ac 4:21; αἰτίαν, Jo 18:38, Ac 13:28, al.; pass., Mt 1:18, Lk 17:18, Ro 7:10, I Co 4:2, Ga 2:17, I Pe 1:7, Re 5:4, al.; of attaining to the knowledge of God, εὑ. θεόν, Ac 17:27; pass., Ro 10:20 (LXX). Mid., to find for oneself, gain, procure, obtain: c. acc. rei, λύτρωσιν, He 9:12; act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10:39 11:29, Lk 1:30, Ac 7:46, II Ti 1:18, al. (cf. ἀν-ευρίσκω ).Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

JewJewish.Ἰουδαῖος, -αία, -αῖον (< Ἰούδας ), Jewish: ἀνήρ, Ac 10:28 22:3; ἄνθρωπος, Ac 21:39; ψευδοπροφήτης, 13:6; ἀσχιερεύς, 19:14; γυνή, 16:1 24:24; γῆ, Jo 3:22; χώρα, Mk 1:5. Substantively, Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jew: Jo 4:9, Ac 18:24, Ro 2:28; pl., Re 2:9 3:9; οἱ Ἰ., Mt 2:2, Mk 7:3, Jo 2:6, al.; Ἰ. τε καὶ Ἕλληνες, Ac 14:1, al.; κ. προσήλυτοι, Ac 2:10; ἔθνη τε κ. Ἰ., Ac 14:5; οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη Ἰ., Ac 21:21; of Jewish Christians, Ga 2:13; of the ruling class who opposed Jesus, Jo 1:19 2:18 5:10 11:8 13:33, al.; Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ (sc. γῆ, χώρα, cf. Jo 3:22, Mk 1:5 ), (Heb. יְהוּדָה ), Judæa: Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Jo 4:3, al.Scroll for more

nameName, character, fame, reputation.ὄνομα, -τος, τό, [in LXX chiefly for שֵׁם;] in general, the name by which a person or thing is called: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 1:63, Jo 18:10, al.; ἄνθρωπος (etc.), ᾧ ( οὗ ) ὄ. ( τ. ὄ ), sc. ἦν or ἐστίν (Bl., § 30, 3), Mk 14:32, Lk 1:26, 27; with same ellipsis, καὶ τ. ὄ. αὐτοῦ ( ὄ. αὐτῷ ), Lk 1:5, Jo 1:6, al.; ὀνόματι, seq. nom. prop., Mt 27:32, Mk 5:22, Lk 1:5, Ac 5:1, al.; acc. absol. (Bl., § 34, 7), τοὔνομα (= τ. ὄνομα ), Mt 27:57; ὄ. μοι (sc. ἐστίν; cf. Hom., Od., ix, 366), Mk 5:9 (cf. Lk 8:30 ); ἔξειν ὄ., Re 9:11; καλεῖν ( ἐπιτιθέναι ) ὄ. (Bl., § 33, 1), Mt 1:21, Mk 3:16; τ. ὄ. ἐν ( τ. ) βίβλῳ ζωῆς (cf. Deiss., LAE, 121), Phl 4:3, Re 13:8, cf. Lk 10:20 ( ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς ); ὄ. βλασφημίας, Re 13:1; the name as opp. to the reality, Re 3:1 (cf. Hdt., vii, 138); as a title: Eph 1:21, Phl 2:9, 10 (Lft., in l.). By a usage similar to that with ref. to Heb. שֵׁם (Lft., Notes, 106 f.), but also common in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 39, 4; Deiss, BS, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123 4, of all that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc.: of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, ἐν ( εἰς ) ὄ., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), Mt 10:41 21:9 28:19, Mk 11:9, Lk 13:35, Jo 5:43, Ac 8:16, I Co 1:13; of the name Christian, I Pe 4:16; esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes: ἁγιάζειν ( ἅγιον ) τὸ ὄ. ( τ. Πατρός, Κυρίου ), Mt 6:9, Lk 1:49 11:2; ψάλλειν ( ὁμολογεῖν ) τῷ ὀ., Ro 15:9, He 13:15; δοξάζειν ( φανεροῦν, φοβεῖσθαι ) τὸ ὄ., Jo 12:28 17:6, 26, Re 11:18 15:4; βλασφημεῖν, Ro 2:24, I Ti 6:1, Re 13:6; similarly, of the name of Christ: τ. καλὸν ὄ. (Deiss., LAE, 276); πιστεύειν τῷ ὀ., I Jo 3:23; π. εἰς τ. ὄ. (Bl., § 39, 4), Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18; ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄ., II Ti 2:19; κρατεῖν, Re 2:13; οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, Re 3:8; ἐν τ. ὀ. (v. reff. supr.), Mk 9:38 16:[17], Lk 10:17, Jo 14:13 16:23, 24 20:31, Ac 3:6 4:12, Eph 5:20, I Pe 4:14, al.; εἰς τ. ὄ. συνάγεσθαι, Mt 18:20; ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀ., Mt 19:29; διὰ τὸ ὄ., Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, al.; διὰ τοῦ ὀ., I Co 1:10; ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀ., Ac 9:16, Ro 1:5, al.; id. absol., Ac 5:41, III Jo 7; πρὸς τὸ ὄ., Ac 26:9. cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext ): Mk 9:41 (Swete, in l.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.). In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1:15, Re 3:4 11:13.Scroll for more

AquilaThe Greek way of writing the Latin Aquila, a male proper name; the husband of Priscilla (Prisca), and a Jew, of a family belonging to (Sinope in ?) Pontus.Ἀκύλας, -ου (and -α; MM, VGT, s.v.), ὁ (Lat.), Aquila: Ac 18:2, 18 18:26, Ro 16:3, I Co 16:19, II Ti 4:19.†Scroll for more

of PontusBelonging to Pontus.Ποντικός, -ή, -όν, Pontic, of Pontus: Ac 18:2.Scroll for more

family: descendantOffspring, family, race, nation, kind.γένος, -ους, τό (< γίγνομαι ), [in LXX for עַם, מִין, זֶרַע, etc.;] family: Ac 4:6 7:13 13:26. offspring: Ac 17:28, 29, Re 22:16. race, nation; Mk 7:28, Ac 4:36 7:19 18:2, 24, II Co 11:26, Phl 3:5, Ga 1:14, I Pe 2:9. kind, sort, class: Mt 13:47 17:21, Rec., Mk 9:29, I Co 12:10, 28 14:10.†Scroll for more

recentlyRecently, lately, newly.προσφάτως, adv. (v.s. πρόσφατος ), [in LXX: De 24:5 ( חָדָשׁ ), Jth 4:3, 5, Ez 11:3, II Mac 14:36 *;] recently: Ac 18:2 (v. MM, Exp., xxi).†Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

ItalyItaly.Ἰταλία, -ας, ἡ, Italy: ἡ Ἰ. (v. Bl., § 46, 11), Ac 18:2 27:1, 6, He 13:14.†Scroll for more

PriscillaPrisca, Priscilla, the former being the more correct and formal name, the latter a diminutive and more familiar; a Roman lady, probably of good birth, wife of the Jewish Christian Aquila.Πρίσκιλλα, v.s. Πρίσκα.Scroll for more

womanA woman, wife, my lady.γυνή, -αικός, ἡ, [in LXX for אִשָּׁה;] a woman, married or unmarried: Mt 11:11 14:21, al.; ὕπανδρος γ., Ro 7:2; γ. χήρα, Lk 4:26; in vocat., γύναι implies neither reproof nor severity, but is used freq. as a term of respect and endearment, Mt 15:28, Jo 2:4, 4:21 19:26. a wife: Mt 1:20, I Co 7:3, 4 al.; γ. ἀπολύειν, Mk 10:2, al.; γ. ἔχειν Mk 6:18; γ. λαβεῖν, Mk 12:19; γ. γαμεῖν, Lk 14:20. a deaconess, I Ti 3:11 ( CGT, in l.).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

to directI give orders to, prescribe, arrange.δια-τάσσω [in LXX for שׂים, שׁמר, etc.;] to charge, give orders to, appoint, arrange, ordain: c. dat., Mt 11:1, I Co 9:14 16:1; seq. inf., Lk 8:55, Ac 18:2. Mid., I Co 7:17, Ac 20:13; c. acc, I Co 11:34; c. dat, Tit 1:5; seq. inf., Ac 7:44 24:23. Pass., τὸ διατεταγμένον, Lk 3:13, Ac 23:31; τὰ διαταχθέντα, Lk 17:9, 10; διαταγείς, Ga 3:19.†Scroll for more

Claudius(a) Claudius, the fourth of the Roman Emperors, Tiberius Claudius Caesar Augustus Germanicus, who ruled A.D. 41-54, (b) Claudius Lysias, a tribune at Jerusalem.Κλαύδιος, -ου, ὁ, Claudius; the Emperor: Ac 11:28 18:2. A military tribune, C. Lysias: Ac 23:26.†Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

RomeRome, the famous city on the Tiber, the capital of the Roman Empire.Ῥώμη, -ης, ἡ Rome: Ac 18:2 19:21 23:11 28:14, 16, Ro 1:7, 15, II Ti 1:17.†Scroll for more

to come near/agreeI come up to, come to, come near (to), approach, consent (to).προσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX for קרב, נגשׁ, etc.;] to approach, draw near: absol., Mt 4:11, Lk 9:42, al.; c. infin., Mt 24:1, al.; c. dat. loc., He 12:18, 22; dat. pers., Mt 5:1, and freq., Jo 12:21, al.; ptcp., προσελθών, c. indic., Mt 8:2, and freq., Mk 1:31, Lk 7:14, al.; π. αὐτῷ, c. indic., Mt 4:3, Mk 6:35. Metaph., of approaching God: absol. ( Le 21:17, De 21:5, al.), He 10:1, 22; τ. θεῷ, He 7:25 11:6; τ. θρόνῳ τ. χάριτος, He 4:16; πρὸς Χριστόν, I Pe 2:4; in sense not found elsewhere (Field, Notes, 211), to consent to: ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις, I Ti 6:3.Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 46:31

← Back to 2 Kings 6:2

← Back to John 21:3

← Back to Acts 20:34

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:12

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:9

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:9

← Back to 2 Thessalonians 3:8

← Back to Titus 3:14

Acts 18:3

3and because he was of the same trade he abode with them and they wrought for by their trade they were tentmakers

Related verses (6)

and

because

The ASV does not translate this word.

of the same trade

he was

he abode

with

them

and

they wrought

they were

for

tentmakers

by their

trade

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

καὶkai

διὰdee-AH

τὸtoh

ὁμότεχνονhoh-MOH-tech-nohn

εἶναιAY-nai

ἔμενενEH-meh-nen

παρpahr

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

καὶkai

ἠργάζοντοayr-GAH-zohn-toh

ἦσανAY-sahn

γὰρgahr

σκηνοποιοὶskay-noh-poy-OY

τῇtay

τέχνῃTECH-nay

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

διὰGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

ὁμότεχνονGreek adjective

εἶναιGreek verb

ἔμενενGreek verb

παρGreek preposition

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἠργάζοντο

ἦσανGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

σκηνοποιοὶGreek noun, masculine

τῇGreek article

τέχνῃGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

of the same tradeOf the same trade or craft.* ὁμότεχνος, -ον (< ὁμός, τέχνη ), practising the same craft, of the same trade: Ac 18:3.†Scroll for more

to existεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

to stayI remain, abide, stay, wait; with acc: I wait for, await.μένω, [in LXX for עמד, קוּם etc.;] to stay, abide, remain. Intrans.; of place: seq. ἐν, Lk 8:27, al.; παρά, c. dat. pers., Jo 1:40, al; σύν, Lk 1:56; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16; c. adv., ἐκεῖ, Mt 10:11; ὧδε, Mt 26:38; metaph., I Jo 2:18; of the Holy Spirit, Jo 1:32, 33 14:17; of Christ, Jo 6:56 15:4, al.; ὁ θεός, I Jo 4:15, conversely, of Christians, Jo 6:56 15:4, I Jo 4:15, al.; ὁ λόγος τ. θεοῦ, I Jo 2:14; ἡ ἀλήθεια, II Jo 2, al. Of time; of persons: Phl 1:25; seq. εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Jo 12:34, He 7:24, I Jo 2:17; ὀλίγον, Re 17:10; ἕως ἔρχομαι, Jo 21:22, 23; of things, lasting or enduring: cities, Mt 11:23, He 13:14; λόγος θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; ἁμαρτία, Jo 9:41. Of condition: c. pred., μόνος, Jo 12:24; ἄγαμος, I Co 7:11; πιστός, II Ti 2:13; ἱερεύς, He 7:3; c. adv., οὕτως, I Co 7:40; ὡς κἀγώ, I Co 7:8; seq. ἐν, 1 Co 7:20, 24. Trans. (Bl., §34, 1; Field, Notes, 132): c. acc. pers., Ac 20:5, 23 (cf. ἀνα-, δια-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, περι-, προσ-, ὑπο-μένω ).Scroll for more

from/with/besideGen: from; dat: beside, in the presence of; acc: alongside of.παρά, prep. c. gen., dat., acc., with radical sense, beside. C. gen. pers., from the side of, from beside, from, indicating source or origin, [in LXX for מֵאֵצֶל, מִיַד, מִלִּפְנֵי;] after verbs of motion, Mk 14:43, Lk 8:49, Jo 15:26, al.; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing, etc., Mk 8:11 12:2, Jo 4:9, 52 10:18, Phl 4:18, II Ti 1:18, Ja 1:7, al.; after passive verbs, of the agent (like ὑπό ), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11, Lk 1:37; absol., οἱ παρ’ αὐτοῦ, his family, his kinsfolk, Mk 3:21 (cf. M, Pr., 106 f.; Field, Notes, 25 f.; Swete, in l.); τὰ παρ’ αὐτῆς ( αὐτῶν, ὑμῶν ), one's means, wealth, Mk 5:26, Lk 10:7, Phl 4:18. C. dat. pers. (exc. Jo 19:25, π. τ. σταυρῷ ), by the side of, beside, by, with, [in LXX for בְּעֵינֵי, בְּיַד, אֵצֶל;] Lk 11:37 19:7, Jo 1:40 4:40, Ac 28:14, al.; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at home, I Co 16:2; c. dat. pl., among, Mt 22:25, Col 4:16, al.; metaph., Mt 19:26, Mk 10:27, Lk 1:30, Ro 2:13, Ja 1:27, al. C. acc., of motion by or towards, [in LXX for בְּעֵבֶר,עַל יַד,אֵצֶל;] of place, by the side of, beside, by, along: Ac 10:32, He 11:12; after verbs of motion, Mt 4:18, Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, Ac 4:35, al.; after verbs of rest, Mt 13:1, Mk 5:21, Lk 8:35, al. beside, beyond, metaph.; beyond, against, contrary to: Ac 18:13, Ro 1:26 4:18 11:24, al.; except, II Co 11:24; beyond, above, in comparison with: Lk 3:13, Ro 12:3 14:5, He 1:4, 9 3:3, al.; on account of: I Co 12:15, 16. In composition: beside, to ( παραλαμβάνω, παράγω ), at hand ( πάρειμι ), from ( παραρρέω ), amiss ( παρακούω ), past ( παρέρχομαι ), compared with ( παρομοιάζω ), above measure ( παροργίζω ).Scroll for more

No dictionary entry for this word.

wasεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

tentmakerA tent-maker.*† σκηνοποιός, -όν (< σκηνή, ποιέω ), making tents; as subst., ὁ σ., a tent-maker: Ac 18:3.†Scroll for more

skillArt, skill, trade, craft.τέχνη, -ης, ἡ [in LXX for חׇכְמָה, מַעֲשֶׂה, עֲבֹדָה;] art, craft, trade: Ac 17:29 18:3, Re 18:22 (WH, R, mg., om.).†Scroll for more

← Back to Isaiah 1:18

← Back to Matthew 4:23

← Back to 1 Corinthians 3:6

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:15

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:11

← Back to Jude 1:3

Acts 18:4

4And he reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath and persuaded Jews and Greeks

Word By Word, In Greek Order1he reasoned | 2And | 3in | 4the | 5synagogue | 6— | 7every | 8sabbath | 9persuaded | 10and | 11Jews | 12and | 13Greeks

Related verses (14)

he reasoned

And

the

synagogue

The ASV does not translate this word.

every

sabbath

persuaded

and

Jews

and

Greeks

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

διελέγετοdee-eh-LEH-geh-toh

δὲdeh

ἐνen

τῇtay

συναγωγῇsoo-nah-goh-GAY

κατὰkah-TAH

πᾶνpahn

σάββατονSAH-bah-tohn

ἔπειθένEH-pay-then

τεteh

Ἰουδαίουςee-oo-DAI-oos

καὶkai

ἝλληναςHEH-lay-nahs

The Pieces

διελέγετοGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

συναγωγῇGreek noun, feminine

κατὰGreek preposition

πᾶνGreek adjective

σάββατονGreek noun, neuter

ἔπειθένGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

Ἰουδαίουςname of a people descended from a person

καὶGreek conjunction

Ἕλληναςname of a people of a place

What It Can Mean

to disputeI converse, address, preach, lecture; I argue, reason.δια-λέγομαι (mid. of διαλέγω, to pick out, distinguish, as depon.), [in LXX: Ex 6:27, Is 63:1 ( דּבר pi.), Jg 8:1 ( ריב ), I Es 8:46, Es 5:2, Si 14:20, II Mac 11:20 *;] to converse with, discourse (v. Cl. Rev., i, 45), discuss, argue: Ac 18:4 19:8, 9 20:9; c. dat. pers., Ac 17:17 18:19 20:7, He 12:5; seq. πρός, Mk 9:34, Ac 17:17 24:12; περί Ac 24:25, Ju 9; ἀπὸ τ. γραφῶν, Ac 17:2.†Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

synagogueAn assembly, congregation, synagogue, either the place or the people gathered together in the place.συν-αγωγή, -ῆς, ἡ [in LXX chiefly for עֵדָה, also for קהל, etc.;] prop., a bringing together; of things, a gathering in of harvest; a collection of money. Of persons, a collecting, assembling (Polyb.); an assembly (MM, xxiv; Deiss., LAE, 101 ff.): Re 2:9 3:9; esp. of a Jewish religious assembly, a synagogue: Lk 12:11, Ac 9:2, al.; of a Christian assembly, Ja 2:2. By meton., of the building in which the assembly is held, a synagogue: Mt 10:17, Mk 1:21, al. (cf. Cremer, s.v. ἐκκλησία ) SYN.: ἐκκλησία (q.v.)Scroll for more

according toGen: against, down from, throughout, by; acc: over against, among, daily, day-by-day, each day, according to, by way of.κατά (bef. a vowel κατ’, καθ’; on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 146 a ), prep. c. gen., acc., down, downwards. C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2). C. gen. rei, in local sense; down, down from: Mt 8:32, Mk 5:13, Lk 8:33, I Co 11:4; throughout (late usage; Bl., § 42, 2): κ. ὅλης κ.τ.λ., Lk 4:14 23:5, Ac 9:31 10:37; in a peculiar adjectival phrase: ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία, deep or extreme poverty, II Co 8:2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.): opp. to ὑπέρ, Mk 9:40; μετά, Mt 12:30; after ἐπιθυμεῖν, Ga 5:17; λαλεῖν, Ac 6:13; διδάσκειν, Ac 21:28; ψεύδεσθαι, Ja 3:14; after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt 5:23, Lk 23:14, Ro 8:33, al.; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 10:35, Ac 14:2, I Co 4:6, al.; of swearing, by: ὄμνυμι κ. (Bl., § 34, 1), He 6:13, 16, cf. Mt 26:63. C. acc. (WM, § 49 d; Bl., § 42, 2). Of motion or direction; through, throughout: Lk 8:39 9:6 10:4, Ac 8:1, 36, al.; to, towards, over against: Lk 10:32 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 2:10 16:7, Ga 2:11, Phl 3:14, al.; in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: κατ’ οἶκον, at home, Ac 2:46; κατ’ ἰδίαν (v.s. ἴδιος ); καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ro 14:22, Ja 2:17; c. pron. pers., Ac 17:28 18:15, Ro 1:15, Eph 1:15, al. Of time, at, during, about: Ac 8:26 12:1 19:23, Ro 9:9, He 1:10, al. Distributive; of place: κ. τόποὐς, Mt 24:7, al.; κ. πόλιν, Lk 8:1, 4, al.; κ. ἐκκλησίαν, Ac 14:23; of time: κ. ἔτος, Lk 2:41; ἑορτήν, Mt 27:15, al.; of numbers, etc.: καθ’ ἕνα πάντες, I Co 14:31 (on καθ’ εἷς, v.s. εἷς ); κ. ἑκατόν, Mk 6:40; κ. μέρος, He 9:5; κ. ὄνομα, Jo 10:3. Of fitness, reference, conformity, etc.; in relation to, concerning: Ro 1:3, 4 7:22 9:3, 5, I Co 1:26 10:18, Phl 1:12; κ. πάντα, Ac 17:22, Col 3:20, 22, He 2:17 4:15; according to, after, like: Mk 7:5, Lk 2:27, 29, Jo 7:24, Ro 8:4 14:15, Eph 2:2, Col 2:8, Ja 2:8, al. In composition, κ. denotes, down, down from ( καταβαίνω, etc.), hence, metaph.; victory or rule over ( καταδουλόω, -κυριεύω, etc.); "perfective" action (M, Pr., 111 ff.). under ( κατακαλύπτω, etc.). in succession ( καθεξῆς ). after, behind ( καταλείπω ). Hostility, against ( καταλαλέω ).Scroll for more

SabbathThe Sabbath, a week.† σάββατον, -ου, τό (Aram. שַׁבָּתָא, transliterated σάββατα, and this being mistaken for a pl., the sing. σάββατον was formed from it), and σάββατα, -ων, τά [in LXX for שַׁבָּת, שַׁבָּתוֹן;] the seventh day of the week, the sabbath the sing. form -ον, τὸ σ.: Mt 12:8, Mk 2:27, Lk 6:5, al.; ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ σ. (in LXX, Ex 20:8, al., usually τῶν σ., v. infr.), Lk 13:16 14:5; ὁδὸς σαββάτου, Ac 1:12 (cf. Mt 24:20 ); dat., of time ( τῷ ) σ., Lk 6:9 14:1; ἐν ( τῷ ) σ., Mt 12:2, Lk 6:7, Jo 5:16, al.; acc., of duration, τὸ σ., Lk 23:56; κατὰ πᾶν σ., Ac 13:27 15:21 18:4; pl., σ. τρία, Ac 17:2 R, txt. (but v. infr.); as most freq. in LXX (v. Swete, Mk., 17; Thackeray, Gr., 35) the pl. form, τὰ σ. (v. supr. on the Aram. form. There is also an analogy in the names of other festivals, τ. ἐγκαίνια, ἄζυμα, etc.): Mt 28:1, Col 2:16; ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν σ. ( Ex 20:8, al.), Lk 4:16, Ac 13:14 16:13; dat. pl. (in LXX -τοις, but I Mac 2:38 as in NT) by metaplasmus (Bl., § 9, 3), σάββασι, Mt 12:1, 5, 10-12 Mk 1:21 2:23 3:2, 4, Lk 4:31 6:2. seven days, a week; the sing. form: πρώτη σαββάτσυ, Mk 16:9; δὶς τοῦ σ. (Bl., § 35, 4; 36, 13), Lk 18:12; κατὰ μίαν σαββάτου, I Co 16:2; pl., σ. τρία, Ac 17:2 R, mg. (but v. supr.); the pl. form: ἡ μία τῶν σ. (where the gen. = μετὰ τά; Soph., Lex., 43a), Mt 28:1, Mk 16:2, Lk 24:1, Jo 20:1, 19, Ac 20:7Scroll for more

to persuadeI persuade, urge.πείθω, [in LXX chiefly for בּטח, its parts and derivatives;] Active; trans., to apply persuasion ("conative" in pres.; v. M, Pr., 147), to prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol., Mt 28:14, Ac 19:26; seq. περί, c. gen. rei, Ac 19:8; c. acc. pers., Ac 12:20 14:19 18:4, II Co 5:11, Ga 1:10; τ. καρδίας ἡμῶν, I Jn 3:19; c. acc. seq. περί, Ac 28:23; c. acc. et inf., Ac 13:43 26:28 (v. Field, Notes, 141 ff.); c. acc. seq. ἵνα (Plut.), Mt 27:20. Intrans., 2 pf. πέποιθα with pres. sense (v. M, Pr., 147, 154; Bl., § 59, 2): to trust, be confident, have confidence: c. acc. et inf., Ro 2:19; c. acc. ref. (v. Ellic., in l.): Phl 1:6, 25; c. dat., Phl 1:14, Phm 21; ἑαυτῷ, c. inf., II Co 10:7; seq. ἐν, Phl 3:3, 4; ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι, Phl 2:24; ἐπί, c. dat., Mt 27:43 (WH, mg.), Mk 10:24 (T, WH, R, mg., om.), Lk 11:22 18:9, II Co 1:9, He 2:13; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 27:43 (c. dat., WH, mg.); id. seq. ὅτι, II Co 2:3, II Th 3:4 (v. Lft., Notes, 127); εἰς, c. acc. pers. seq. ὅτι, Ga 5:10. Pass. and mid.; to be persuaded, believe (v. M, Pr., 158): absol., Lk 16:31, Ac 17:4 21:14, He 13:18; c. dat., Ac 28:24; c. acc. et inf., Ac 26:26; so also pf., πέπεισμαι, πεπεισμένος εἰμί: c. acc. ref. seq. περί, He 6:9; c. acc. et inf., Lk 20:6; ὅτι, Ro 8:38, II Ti 1:5, 12; id. c. ἐν κυρίῳ, Ro 14:14; περί, c. gen. seq. ὅτι, Ro 15:14. to listen to, obey: c. dat. pers., Ac 5:36, 37, 40 23:21 27:11, Ro 2:8, Ga 5:7, He 13:17, Ja 3:3 (cf. ἀνα-πείθω ).†Scroll for more

and/bothAnd, both.τέ, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as καί = et, ac, atque ), not very freq. in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in Ac. τέ solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than καί between words and sentences which it connects (Bl., §77, 8): Mt 28:12, Jo 4:42, Ac 2:33, 37, 40 10:22 11:21, al. Denoting a closer connection than simple καί, τὲ... καί, τὲ καί, τὲ... τέ ( Ac 26:16 Ro 14:8 ), as well... as also, both... and: Lk 12:45, Ac 1:1 15:9 21:30, al.; τὲ... δέ, and... and, Ac 19:2; τὲ γάρ... ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Ro 1:26, 27.Scroll for more

Greek, GentileA Hellene, the native word for a Greek; it is, however, a term wide enough to include all Greek-speaking (i.e. educated) non-Jews.Ἕλλην, -ηνος, ὁ [in LXX: Jl 3:6, Za 9:13 ( יָוָן ), etc.; I Mac 1:10, al. *;] a Greek; opp. to βάρβαρος, Ro 1:14; usually in ΝΤ of Greek Gentiles, opp. to Ἰουδαῖοι: Jo 7:35, Ac 11:20 14:1 16:1, 3 18:4 19:10, 17 20:21 21:28, Ro 1:16 2:9, 10 3:9 10:12, I Co 1:22, 24 10:32 12:13, Ga 2:3 3:28, Col 3:11; of proselytes, Jo 12:20, Ac 17:4.†Scroll for more

← Back to Jeremiah 6:11

← Back to Jeremiah 20:9

← Back to Ezekiel 3:19

← Back to Ezekiel 33:9

← Back to Romans 16:21

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:19

← Back to Ephesians 4:17

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 1:1

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 3:2

← Back to 1 John 4:14

Acts 18:5

5But when Silas and Timothy came down from Macedonia Paul was constrained by the word testifying to the Jews that Jesus was the Christ

Related verses (24)

when

But

came down

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

Macedonia

The ASV does not translate this word.

Silas

and

The ASV does not translate this word.

Timothy

was constrained

by the

word

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

testifying

to the

Jews

that … was

the

Christ

Jesus

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Ὡςhohs

δὲdeh

κατῆλθονkah-TAYL-thohn

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

Μακεδονίαςmah-keh-doh-NEE-ahs

ὅhoh

τεteh

Σιλᾶςsee-LAHS

καὶkai

ὁhoh

Τιμόθεοςtee-MOH-theh-ohs

συνείχετοsoo-NAY-cheh-toh

τῷtoh

λόγῳLOH-goh

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

διαμαρτυρόμενοςdee-ah-mahr-too-ROH-meh-nohs

τοῖςtoys

Ἰουδαίοιςee-oo-DAI-oys

εἶναιAY-nai

τὸνtohn

χριστὸνchree-STOHN

Ἰησοῦνee-ay-SOON

The Pieces

ὩςGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

κατῆλθονGreek verb

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

Μακεδονίαςname of a place

ὅGreek article

τεGreek conjunction

Σιλᾶςname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

Τιμόθεοςname of a person

συνείχετοGreek verb

τῷGreek article

λόγῳGreek noun, masculine

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

διαμαρτυρόμενοςGreek verb

τοῖςGreek article

Ἰουδαίοιςname of a people descended from a person

εἶναιGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

χριστὸνname of a title or other name

Ἰησοῦνname of a person

What It Can Mean

as/whenAs, like as, about, as it were, according as, how, when, while, as soon as, so that.ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as; with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως... ὡς, Mk 4:26, I Co 3:15, Eph 5:28, Ja 2:12, al.; ὡς... οὕτως, Ac 8:32, I Co 7:17, al.; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω ), c. nom., Mt 6:29, al.; c. acc., Mt 19:19, Mk 12:31, al.; c. prep., Mt 26:55, Mk 14:48, Lk 22:52, Jo 7:10, al.; c. verb., Jo 15:6, II Co 3:1, Eph 2:3, I Th 5:6, al.; c. ptcp. (the ptcp. however not having the special force wh. it has in cl.; v. Bl., §73, 5; 74, 6), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, He 13:17, al.; freq implying opinion or belief, Ro 9:32; so esp, c. gen. absol., I Co 4:18, II Co 5:20, I Pe 4:12, II Pe 1:3. Before numerals, about, nearly: Mk 5:13, Jo 1:40, Ac 5:7, al. Before adjectives and adverbs, how: Ro 10:15 11:33, I Th 2:10; c. superl., ὡς τάχιστα, as quickly as possible, Ac 17:15. As conjunction; temporal, as, when, since: Mk 9:21 14:72, Lk 1:23, Jo 2:9, al.; while, when, as long as: Lk 12:58, Jo 12:36, Ga 6:10 (Field, Notes, 191); ὡς ἄν (M, Pr., 167, and v.s. ἄν ), Ro 15:24, I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. Final, in order that; c. inf., in order to (M, Pr., 204n), Lk 9:52, Ac 20:24, He 7:9.Scroll for more

to descendI come down from sky to earth, or from high land to lower land (or to the coast), or from the high seas to the shore.** κατ-έρχομαι, [in LXX: To 1:22, א 2:1, Es 3:13, Wi 11:22, II Mac 11:29 *;] to come down, go down: seq. εἰς, Lk 4:31, Ac 8:5 13:4 15:30 19:1, Τ; ἀπό, Lk 9:37, Ac 15:1 18:5 21:10; ἀπό et εἰς, Ac 11:27 12:10; of coming to port by ship, Ac 18:22 21:3 27:5; seq. πρός, c. acc. pers., Ac 9:32; metaph., of gifts from God, Ja 3:15.†Scroll for more

Macedonia(Hebrew), Macedonia, a Roman province north of Achaia (Greece).Μακεδονία, -ας, ἡ, Macedonia: Ac 16:9, 10, I Co 16:5, II Co 1:16, Phl 4:15, al.; M. καὶ Ἀχαία, Ac 19:21, Ro 15:26, I Th 1:7, 8.Scroll for more

SilasSilas, a pet-form of the name "Silvanus"; a Roman citizen and a helper of Paul.Σίλας, -α (acc to BL, § 29, W-Schm., 74, -ᾶς, -ᾶ ), ὁ (Aram. שׁאִילָא; v. Dalman, Gr., 157 5 ), Silas (called also Σιλουανός, q.v.): Ac 15:22, 27, 32, 34, 40 16:19, 25, 29 17:4, 10, 14, 15 18:5 †Scroll for more

TimothyTimothy, a Christian of Lystra, helper of Paul.Τιμόθεος, -ου, ὁ Timothy: Ac 17:14, 15 18:5, Ro 16:21, al.Scroll for more

to hold/oppress(a) I press together, close, (b) I press on every side, confine, (c) I hold fast, (d) I urge, impel, (e) pass: I am afflicted with (sickness).συν-έχω [in LXX for עצר, חבר, etc.;] to hold together ( τ. συνέχον τ. πάντα, Wi 1:7 ): of closing the ears, Ac 7:57 ( τ. στόμα, Is 52:15 ); to hem in, press on every side: Lk 8:45 19:43. to hold fast; of a prisoner, to hold in charge (Luc.; cf. exx. in Deiss., BS, 160; MM, xxiv): Lk 22:63; to constrain: II Co 5:14; pass., Lk 12:50, Ac 18:5 ( τ. λόγῳ; cf. Field, Notes, 128), Phl 1:23; in pass., of ills, to be seized or afflicted by, suffering from: Mt 4:24, Lk 4:38 8:37, Ac 28:8.†Scroll for more

wordA word, speech, divine utterance, analogy.λόγος, -ου, ὁ (< λέγω ), [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for אֵמֶר, מִלָּה, etc.;] Of that by which the inward thought is expressed, Lat. oratio, sermo, vox, verbum. a word, not in the grammatical sense of a mere name ( ἔπος, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα ), but a word as embodying a conception or idea: Mt 8:8, Lk 7:7, I Co 14:9, 19, He 12:19, al. a saying, statement, declaration: Mt 19:22 (T om.), Mk 5:36 7:29, Lk 1:29, Jo 2:22 6:60, Ac 7:29, al.; c. gen. attrib., Ac 13:15, Ro 9:9, He 7:28, al.; of the sayings, commands, promises, etc., of teachers, Mt 7:24 10:14, Mk 8:38, Lk 9:44, Jo 14:24, al.; λ. κενοί, Eph 5:6; ἀληθινοί, Re 19:9; πιστοί, Re 22:6; esp. of the precepts, decrees and promises of God, ὁ λ. τ. θεοῦ, the word of God: Mk 7:13, Jo 10:35, Ro 13:9, I Co 14:36, Phl 1:14, al.; absol., ὁ λ., Mt 13:21, 22, Mk 16:[20], Lk 1:2, Ac 6:4, He 4:12, al. speech, discourse: Ac 14:12, II Co 10:10, Ja 3:2; opp. to ἐπιστολή, II Th 2:15; disting. from σοφία, I Co 2:1; ἀναστροφή, I Ti 4:12; δύναμις, I Co 4:19, I Th 1:5; ἔργον, Ro 15:18; οὐδενὸς λ. τίμιον ( not worthy of mention ), Ac 20:24; of the faculty of speech, Lk 24:19, II Co 11:6; of the style of speech, Mt 5:37, I Co 1:5; of instruction, Col 4:3, I Pe 3:1; c. gen. pers., Jo 5:24 8:52, Ac 2:41, al.; ὁ λ. ὁ ἐμός, Jo 8:31; c. gen. obj. ( τ. ) ἀληθείας, II Co 6:7, Col 1:5, Ja 1:18; τ. καταλλαγῆς, II Co 5:19; τ. σταυροῦ, I Co 1:18; of mere talk, I Co 4:19, 20, Col 2:23, I Jo 3:18; of the talk which one occasions, hence, repute: Col 2:23. subject-matter, hence, teaching, doctrine: Ac 18:15, II Ti 2:17, al.; esp. of Christian doctrine: Mt 13:20-23, Mk 4:14-20 8:32, Lk 1:2, Ac 8:4, Ga 6:6, I Th 1:6, al.; c. gen. pers., τ. θεοῦ, Lk 5:1, Jo 17:6, Ac 4:29, I Co 14:36, I Jo 1:10, Re 6:9, al.; τ. Κυρίου, Ac 8:25, I Th 1:8, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ, Col 3:16, Re 3:8; c. gen. appos., Ac 15:7; c. gen. attrib., He 5:13. a story, tale, narrative: Mt 28:15, Jo 21:23, Ac 1:1 11:22; seq. περί, Lk 5:15. That which is spoken of (Plat., al.; v. Kennedy, Sources, 124), matter, affair, thing: Mt 21:24, Mk 1:45 11:29, Lk 20:3, Ac 8:21; of a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, Ac 19:38; pl. ( I Mac 7:33, al.), Lk 1:4. Of the inward thought itself, Lat. ratio. reason, of the mental faculty (Hdt., Plat., al.): κατὰ λόγον, Ac 18:14; a reason, cause: τίνι λόγῳ, Ac 10:29; παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, Mt 5:32 19:9, WH, mg., R, mg. account, regard: Ac 20:24, Rec.; reckoning: Phl 4:15, 17; συναίρειν (q.v.) λ., Mt 18:23 25:19; in forensic sense, Ro 14:12, He 13:17, I Pe 4:5; c. gen. rei, Lk 16:2; seq. περί, Mt 12:36, Ac 19:40, I Pe 3:15. proportion, analogy: Phl 2:16 (Field, Notes, 193 f.). ὁ λ., the Divine Word or Logos: Jo 1:1, 14; τ. ζωῆς, I Jo 1:1; τ. θεοῦ, Re 19:13 (v. Westc, Swete, CGT, in ll.; reff. in Artt., Logos, DB, DCG ).Scroll for more

PaulPaul, Paulus.Παῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. Paulus ), Sergius Paulus: Ac 13:7. the Apostle Paul (cf. Σαῦλος ): Ac 13:9, and freq. throughout Ac., Ro 1:1, I Co 1:1, al., II Pe 3:15.Scroll for more

to testify solemnlyI give solemn evidence, testify (declare) solemnly.δια-μαρτύρομαι, depon., of Ionic origin, intensive of the simple μαρτύρομαι, q.v., [in LXX chiefly for עוּד hi., usually c. dat. pers., De 4:26 8:19, I Ki 8:9, al.;] solemnly to protest: Lk 16:28, Ac 2:40 8:25 10:42 18:5 20:21, 23, 24 23:11 28:23, I Th 4:6, He 2:6; in adjuration, seq. ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ, I Ti 5:21, II Ti 2:14 4:1 (Cremer, 415).†Scroll for more

ChristAnointed; the Messiah, the Christ.χριστός (Χρ-), -ή, -όν (< χρίω ), [in LXX for מָשִׁיחַ and cogn. forms;] as adj., of things, anointing, to be used as ointment (Æsch., Eur., al.; τ. ἔλαιον τὸ χ., Le 21:10 ); of persons, anointed ( ὁ ἰερεὺς ὁ χ., Le 4:5; οἱ χ. ἰευρεῖς, II Mac 1:10 ): ὁ χ. τοῦ κυρίου or Θεοῦ ( I Ki 2:10, Ps 2:2, al.), of the Messiah (Aram., מְשִׁיחָא; cf. Dalman, Words, 289 ff.), Lk 2:11, 26 Jo 1:41, Ac 2:36 4:26, al. As subst., ὁ Χριστός, the Messiah, the Christ: Mt 2:4, Mk 8:29, Lk 2:11, Jo 1:20, Ac 2:31, Ro 7:4, al.; Ἰησοῦς Χ., Mk 1:1, Jo 1:17, Ac 2:38, al.; Χ. Ἰησοῦς, Mt 1:18, WH, mg. Ac 5:42, Ro 6:3, al.; Χ. κύριος, Lk 2:11; Ἰησοῦς Χ. ὁ κύριος, Ac 15:26, Ro 1:7, al.Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

← Back to Joshua 2:19

← Back to Nehemiah 5:13

← Back to Psalms 51:14

← Back to Jeremiah 38:21

← Back to Ezekiel 18:13

← Back to Ezekiel 33:4

← Back to Micah 5:8

← Back to Matthew 10:6

← Back to Matthew 10:14

← Back to Matthew 16:4

← Back to Matthew 21:41

← Back to Romans 11:11

← Back to Romans 11:20

← Back to Romans 11:28

← Back to Galatians 2:7

← Back to 1 Timothy 5:22

← Back to 1 Peter 4:4

← Back to 1 Peter 4:14

Acts 18:6

6And when they opposed themselves and blasphemed he shook out his raiment and said unto them Your blood be upon your own heads I am clean from henceforth I will go unto the Gentiles

Related verses (31)

when … opposed themselves

And

they

and

blasphemed

he shook out

his

raiment

and said

unto

them

The ASV does not translate this word.

blood

Your

be upon

The ASV does not translate this word.

heads

your own

am clean

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

henceforth

unto

the

Gentiles

I will go

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

ἀντιτασσομένωνahn-tee-tah-soh-MEH-nohn

δὲdeh

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

καὶkai

βλασφημούντωνblah-sfay-MOON-tohn

ἐκτιναξάμενοςeh-ktee-nah-KSAH-meh-nohs

τὰtah

ἱμάτιαhee-MAH-tee-ah

εἶπενAY-pen

πρὸςprohs

αὐτούςow-TOOS

Τὸtoh

αἷμαHAI-mah

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὴνtayn

κεφαλὴνkeh-fah-LAYN

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

καθαρὸςkah-thah-ROHS

ἐγώeh-GOH

ἀπὸah-POH

τοῦtoo

νῦνnoon

εἰςays

τὰtah

ἔθνηEH-thnay

πορεύσομαιpoh-RYOO-soh-mai

The Pieces

ἀντιτασσομένωνGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

βλασφημούντωνGreek verb

ἐκτιναξάμενοςGreek verb

τὰGreek article

ἱμάτιαGreek noun, neuter

εἶπενGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτούςGreek reflexive pronoun

ΤὸGreek article

αἷμαGreek noun, neuter

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

κεφαλὴνGreek noun, feminine

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

καθαρὸςGreek adjective

ἐγώGreek pronoun

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

νῦνGreek adverb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὰGreek article

ἔθνηGreek noun, neuter

πορεύσομαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to resistI set myself against, resist (the attack of).ἀντι-τάσσω (Att., -ττω ), [in LXX for לוּץ hi., נשׂא, etc.;] to range on battle against; mid., to set oneself against, resist: absol., Ac 18:6; c. dat., Ro 13:2, Ja 4:6 5:6, I Pe 5:5 (MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

to blasphemeI speak evil against, blaspheme, use abusive or scurrilous language about (God or men).βλασφημέω, -ῶ (< βλάσφημος ), [in LXX: IV Ki 19:4 ( יכח hi.) ib. 6, 22 ( גּדף pi.), Is 52:5 ( נאץ hith.), Da LXX 3:29 (96) ( אמר שׁלח ), To 1:18, Da TH Bel 9, II Mac 2 *;] to speak lightly or profanely of sacred things (in cl., opp. of εὐφημέω ), esp. to speak impiously of God, to blaspheme, speak blasphemously: absol., Mt 9:3 26:65, Mk 2:7, Jo 10:36, Ac 26:11, I Ti 1:20, II Pe 2:12; τ. θεόν, Ac 19:37, Re 16:11, 21; τὸ ὄνομα τ. θεοῦ, Re 13:6 16:9; δόξας, Ju 3, II Pe 2:10; εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Mk 3:29, Lk 12:10. to revile, rail at, slander: absol., Lk 22:65, Ac 13:45 18:6, I Pe 4:4; c. acc., Mt 27:39, Mk 3:28 15:29, Lk 23:39, Tit 3:2, Ja 2:7, Ju 10. Pass.: Ro 2:24 3:8 14:16, I Co 10:30, I Ti 6:1, Tit 2:5, II Pe 2:2 (Cremer, 570).†Scroll for more

to shake out/offI shake off; mid: I shake off from myself.ἐκ-τινάσσω [in LXX for נָעַר ni., pi., etc.;] to shake off: κονιορτόν, Mt 10:14; χοῦν, Mk 6:11. Mid.: κονιορτόν, Ac 13:51; ἱμάτια, Ac 18:6 (cf. MM, Exp., iii).†Scroll for more

clothingA long flowing outer garment, tunic.ἱμάτιον, -ου, τό (dim. of εἷμα, a garment ), [in LXX chiefly for בֶּגֶד, also for שִׂמְלָה, שַׂלְמָה, etc.;] a garment, but in usage always (exc. in p1., v. infr.) of an outer garment, a mantle, cloak (thrown over the χιτών; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 22; DCG, i, 499 a ): Mt 9:16, 20, 21, Mk 2:21 5:27, 28, 30, Jo 19:2, Ac 12:8, al.; opp. to χιτών, Mt 5:40, Lk 6:29, Ac 9:39; pl., garments, clothes (i.e. the cloak and the tunic), Mt 17:2 26:65 27:31, 35, Mk 5:30 15:20, 24, Jo 19:23, 24, Ja 5:2, al.Scroll for more

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

bloodBlood (especially as shed).αἷμα, ατος, τό, [in LXX for דָּם;] blood. In the ordinary sense: Mk 5:25, Lk 8:43, 44 22:44, Jo 19:34, Ac 15:20, 29 21:25, Re 8:7, 8 11:6 16:3, 4, 6 19:13. In special senses: of generation, origin, kinship (cl.): Jo 1:13 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.); as in OT (AR on Eph, 6:12 ), in the phrase σάρξ καὶ αἷ. ( αἷ. κ. σ. ), to indicate human nature as opp. to God and created spirits: Mt 16:17, I Co 15:50, Ga 1:16, Eph 6:12, He 2:14; of things in colour resembling blood: Ac 2:19, 20, Re 6:12 14:18 - 20. of bloodshed, a bloody death (cl.): Mt 23:30, 35 27:4, 6, 8, 24, 25, Lk 11:50, 51 13:1, Ac 1:19 5:28 18:6 20:26 22:20, He 12:4, Re 6:10 17:6 18:24 19:2; αἷ. ἐκχέειν (Deiss., LAE, 428; MM, VGT, s.v., αἷ. ), Ro 3:15, Re 16:6; of sacrificial blood, as an expiation: He 9:7, 12, 13, 18 - 22, 25 10:4 11:28 13:11; of the blood of Christ, Mt 26:28, Mk 14:24, Lk 22:20, Jo 6:53, 54, 56, Ac 20:28, Ro 3:25 5:9, I Co 10:16 11:25, 27, Eph 1:7 2:13, Col 1:20, He 9:12, 14 10:19, 29 12:24 13:20, I Pe 1:2, 19, I Jo 1:7 (cf. 5:6, 8 ), Re 1:5 5:9 7:14 12:11. (Cremer, 69 f., 612 f.)†Scroll for more

of youσύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

head(a) the head, (b) met: a corner stone, uniting two walls; head, ruler, lord.κεφαλή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX nearly always for רֹאשׁ;] the head: Mt 5:36, Mk 6:24, Re 1:14 9:7, al. mult.; fig., ἄνθρακες ἐπὶ τὴν κ., Ro 12:20 (LXX); αἷμα, Ac 18:6; metaph., of a husband, c. gen., I Co 11:3, Eph 5:23; of Christ, I Co 11:3, Eph 4:15 5:23, Col 1:18 2:10, 19; of things, κ. γωνίας, Mt 21:42 (LXX).Scroll for more

cleanClean, pure, unstained, either literally or ceremonially or spiritually; guiltless, innocent, upright.καθαρός, -ά, -όν, [in LXX chiefly for טָהוֹר;] pure, clean. Physically: Mt 23:26 27:59, Jo 13:10, 11 (fig.), Jo 15:3 (fig., as of a vine cleansed by pruning), He 10:22, Re 15:6 19:8, 14 21:18, 21. Ceremonially: Lk 11:41, Ro 14:20, Tit 1:15. Ethically; of persons: Jo 13:16, Ac 18:6, Tit 1:15; ὁ κ. τῇ καρδίᾳ ( καθαρὸς χειρας, Hdt., i, 35), Mt 5:8; seq. ἀπό (cl. c. gen. simp.; Bl., § 36, 11; Deiss., BS, 196; MM, Exp., xv), Ac 20:26; of things: καρδία, I Ti 1:5, II Ti 2:22; συνείδησις, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:3; θρησκεία, Ja 1:27.† SYN.: v.s. ἁγνός.Scroll for more

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

nowAdv. (a) of time: just now, even now; just at hand, immediately, (b) of logical connection: now then, (c) in commands and appeals: at this instant.νῦν, adv., [in LXX chiefly for עַתָּה;] prop., of time, now, i.e. at the present time: as opp. to past, Jo 4:18, Ac 7:52, Ro 13:11, II Co 7:9, Col 1:24, al.; opp. to fut., Jo 12:27, Ro 11:31, al.; c. art., ὁ ( ἡ, τὸ ) et subst., the present: Ro 3:26, Ga 4:25, I Ti 6:17, Tit 2:12, al.; ἀπὸ τοῦ ν. (LXX for מֵעַתָּה ), Lk 1:48, Ac 18:6, al.; ἄχρι τοῦ ν., Ro 8:22, Phl 1:5; ἕως τοῦ ν. (LXX for עַתָּה עַד ), Mt 24:21, Mk 13:19; τὰ ν., as regards the present, Ac 5:38; c. pret., just now, but now, Mt 26:65, Jo 11:8 21:10; c. fut., now, presently, Jo 12:31, Ac 20:22; so c. praes., presently, forthwith, Jo 12:31 17:13; καὶ ν., Jo 11:22 17:5, al.; ἀλλὰ ν., Lk 22:36; ἔτι ν., I Co 3:2; τότε ( πότε )... ν. ( δέ ), Ro 6:21 11:30; ν. ἤδη, I Jo 4:3; ν. οὖν, Ac 10:33, al. Of logical sequence (often difficult to disting. from the temporal sense; cf. Lft., Notes, 113 f.), now, therefore, now, however, as it is: Lk 11:39; καὶ ν., Ac 3:17, II Th 2:6, I Jo 2:28; id. seq. δεῦρο, Ac 7:34; ν. δέ, Jo 8:40 9:41 15:22, 24 18:36, I Co 5:11 7:14 12:20, al. (cf. WM, 579 11 ).Scroll for more

GentilesA race, people, nation; the nations, heathen world, Gentiles.ἔθνος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly for עַם,גּוֹי;] a multitude, a company, whether of beasts or men (Hom.). a nation, people: Mt 21:43 24:7, Mk 13:8, Lk 22:25, Ac 10:35, al.; in sing., of the Jewish people, Lk 7:5 23:2, Jo 11:48, 50-53 18:35, Ac 10:22 24:3, 10 26:4 28:19. In pl., as in OT, τὰ ἔ. (like Heb. הַגּוֹיִם ), the nations, as distinct from Israel, Gentiles: Mt 4:15 6:32, Ac 26:17, Ro 3:29 11:11 15:10, Ga 2:8, al.; of Gentile Christians, Ro 11:13 15:27 16:4, Ga 2:12, 14, Eph 3:1. SYN.: λαός (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).Scroll for more

to travelI travel, journey, go, die.πορεύω, (< πόρος, a ford, a passage ), [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ;] in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; v. M, Pr., 162), to cause to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), -ομαι, to go, proceed, go on one's way: c. acc., ὁδόν, Ac 8:39; seq. ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Lk 13:31; ἀπό, Mt 25:41, Lk 4:42; εἰς, Mt 2:20, Mk 16:12, Lk 1:39, Jo 7:35, al; εἰς εἰρήνην (cf. I Ki 1:17 ). Lk 7:50; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Ac 16:36; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 22:9, Ac 25:12, al; ἕως, Ac 23:23; οὗ, Lk 24:28, I Co 16:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Mt 25:9, Lk 11:5, al.; κατὰ τ. ὁδόν, Ac 8:36; διά, c. gen., Mt 12:1, Mk 9:30; c. inf., Lk 2:3, Jo 14:2; σύν, Lk 7:6, al.; ἵνα, Jo 11:11; absol., Mt 2:9, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:50, Ac 5:20, al.; ptcp., πορευθείς (on the pass. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; V. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 2:8, Lk 7:22, al. Metaph. (cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al), like οἴχομαι in cl., as euphemism for θνήσκω (so הלךְ in Ge 15:2 ); Lk 22:22 and perh. also 13:33 (v. Field, Notes, 66); in ethical sense ( De 19:9, Ps 14:2, al; cf. M, Pr., 11 2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ἐν, Lk 1:6, I Pe 4:3, II Pe 2:19; κατά, c. acc., II Pe 3:3, Ju 16, 18; c. dat. (Bl., § 38, 3), Ac 9:31 14:16, Ju 11; of disciples or partisans ( Jg 2:12, III Ki 11:10, Si 46:10 ): seq. ὀπίσω, c. gen. pers., Lk 21:8 (cf. δια-, εἰς-, ( -μαι ), ἐκ- ( -μαι ), ἐν- ( -μαι ), ἐπι- ( -μαι ), παρα- ( -μαι ), προ-, προσ- ( -μαι ), συν- ( -μαι )).Scroll for more

← Back to Isaiah 56:3

← Back to Acts 16:14

← Back to Acts 19:9

Acts 18:7

7And he departed thence and went into the house of a certain man named Titus Justus one that worshipped God whose house joined hard to the synagogue

Related verses (5)

Colossians 4:11 | Acts 10:2, 22 | Acts 13:42 | Acts 16:14 | Acts 17:4

And

he departed

thence

and went

into

the house

of a certain man

named

Titus

Justus

one that worshipped

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

whose

The ASV does not translate this word.

house

The ASV does not translate this word.

joined hard

to the

synagogue

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

καὶkai

μεταβὰςmeh-tah-BAHS

ἐκεῖθενeh-KAY-then

εἰσῆλθενay-SAYL-then

εἰςays

οἰκίανoy-KEE-ahn

τινὸςtee-NOHS

ὀνόματιoh-NOH-mah-tee

Τιτίουtee-TEE-oo

Ἰούστουee-OO-stoo

σεβομένουseh-boh-MEH-noo

τὸνtohn

θεόνtheh-OHN

οὗhoo

ἡhay

οἰκίαoy-KEE-ah

ἦνayn

συνομοροῦσαsoo-noh-moh-ROO-sah

τῇtay

συναγωγῇsoo-nah-goh-GAY

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

μεταβὰςGreek verb

ἐκεῖθενGreek adverb

εἰσῆλθενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

οἰκίανGreek noun, feminine

τινὸςGreek indefinite pronoun

ὀνόματιGreek noun, neuter

Τιτίουname of a person

Ἰούστουname of a person

σεβομένουGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

θεόν

οὗGreek relative pronoun

ἡGreek article

οἰκίαGreek noun, feminine

ἦνGreek verb

συνομοροῦσαGreek verb

τῇGreek article

συναγωγῇGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to departI change my place (abode), leave, depart, remove, pass over.** μετα-βαίνω, [in LXX: Wi 7:27 19:19, II Mac 6:1, 9, 24 *;] to pass over from one place to another: Mt 17:20, Lk 10:7; with reference to the point of departure only, to withdraw, depart: Mt 8:34 11:1 12:9 15:29, Jo 7:3, Ac 18:7; of removal from this life, ἐκ τ. κότμου πρὸς τ. Πατέρα, Jo 13:1; metaph., ἐκ τ. θανάτου εἰς τ. ζωήν, Jo 5:24, I Jn 3:14.†Scroll for more

from thereThence, from that place.ἐκεῖθεν adv., [in LXX chiefly for מׅשָׁם;] of place, thence: Mt 4:21, Mk 6:1, al. Of time, thereafter (v.s. κἀκεῖθεν ).Scroll for more

to enterI go in, come in, enter.εἰσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to go in or into, enter: Mt 9:25, Lk 7:45, al.; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:12, Mk 2:1, al.; seq. διά ( πύλης, θύρας, etc.), Mt 7:13, Jo 10:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. στέγην, Mt 8:8; c. adv.: ὅπου, Mk 14:14, He 6:20; ὧδε, Mt 22:12; ἔσω, Mt 26:58; seq. πρός, c acc. pers., Mk 15:43, Lk 1:28, Ac 10:3 11:3 16:40 17:2 28:8, Re 3:20; of demons taking possession, Mk 9:25, Lk 8:30 22:3, Jo 13:27; of food, Mt 15:11, Ac 11:8. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9:46; εἰς κόπον, Jo 4:38; εἰς πειρασμόν, Mt 26:41, Lk 22:40, 46; of hope as an anchor, He 6:19; βοαί, Ja 5:4; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; εἰς τ. κόσμον (cf. Wi 2:24 14:14, Jo 18:37 ), Ro 5:12, He 10:5; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116ff.): εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 25:10; εἰς τ. χάραν τ. κυρίου, Mt 25:21, 23; εἰς τ. ζωήν, Mt 18:8, 9 19:17, Mk 9:43, 45; εἰς τ. βασιλ. τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 5:20 7:21, al. (v.s. βασιλεία ); εἰς τ. κατάπαυσιν, He 3:11, 18 4:1 ff.; εἰς τ. δόξαν, Lk 24:26; εἰσ. καὶ ἐξερχ., to go in and out (like Heb. בֹוא וְצֵאת, De 28:6, etc.), of familiar intercourse, Ac 1:21; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10:9 (cf. ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-εισέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

homeA house, household, dwelling; meton: goods, property, means.οἰκία, -ας, ἡ (< οἶκος ), [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for בַּיִת;] a house, dwelling: Mt 2:11 7:24-27, Mk 1:29, al.; ἐν οἰκίᾳ (= cl. κατ ̓ οἰκίαν ), at home, Lk 8:27; εἰς οἰ., II Jn 10; οἰ, c. gen. pers., usually has the art. ( Mt 8:14, al., but cf. οἶκος and v. Bl., § 46, 9); ἡ οἰ. τ. πατρός μου, Jo 14:2. Metaph., of the body as the dwelling of the soul: II Co 5:1; of property (as בַּיִת, Ge 45:18, LXX, τ. ὑπάρχοντα; III Ki 13:8, LXX, οἶκος ) = οἶκος (q.v.): Mk 12:40, Lk 20:47; of the inmates of the dwelling, the household: Mt 12:25; c. gen. pers., Jo 4:53, I Co 16:15. SYN.: οἶκος, which in Attic law denoted the whole estate, οἰκία, the dwelling only. In cl. poets οἶκος has also the latter sense, but not in prose, except in metaph. usage, where it signifies both property and household. The foregoing distinction is not, however, consistently maintained in late Greek; cf. MM, ii, xvii, and v. Thayer, s.v. οἰκία.Scroll for more

JustusJustus, (a) a surname of Joseph Barsabbas, one of the two nominated to fill Judas' place as apostle, (b) Titius Justus, a Corinthian Christian, (c) surname of Jesus, a Christian with Paul in Rome.Ἰοῦστος, -ου, ὁ, Justus, the surname of, Joseph Barsabbas: Ac 1:23. Titus, of Corinth: Ac 18:7. Jesus, a Christian of Rome: Col 4:11.†Scroll for more

be devoutI reverence, worship, adore.σέβω [in LXX (chiefly for יָרֵא, Jos 4:24, al.) and NT always mid., σέβομαι, exc. IV Mac 5:24;] to worship: c. acc. pers., Mt 15:9, Mk 7:7, Ac 18:13 19:27; σεβόμενος τ. θεόν, Ac 16:14 18:7; σεβόμενοι ( σ. προσήλυτοι, σ. Ἕλληνες ), devout, Ac 13:43, 50 17:4, 17 (cf. προσήλυτος ).†Scroll for more

God(a) God, (b) a god, generally.θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ ( Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ ( Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;] a god or deity, God. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al. Of the one true God; anarthrous: Mt 6:24, Lk 20:38, al.; esp. c. prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jo 3:2; ἐκ, Ac 5:39, II Co 5:1, Phl 3:9; ὑπό, Ro 13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jo 1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, II Th 1:6, I Pe 2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Ro 8:27, II Co 7:9, 10; also when in gen. dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mt 27:43, Lk 3:2, Ro 1:17, I Th 2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jo 1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Ac 5:29, Ga 2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); more freq., c. art.: Mt 1:23, Mk 2:7, al. mult.; c. prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Lk 1:26; ἐκ, Jo 8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jo 8:40; π. τῷ θ., Ro 9:14; ἐν, Col 3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Lk 1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Ac 15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Ac 24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jo 1:2; c. gen. pers., Mt 22:32, Mk 12:26, 27, Lk 20:37, Jo 20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Ro 1:8, Phi 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Ro 15:6, Eph 1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; c. gen. rei, Ro 15:5, 13, 33, II Co 1:3, I Th 5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mt 16:23, Mk 12:17, I Co 2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 3:3 ), Ac 7:20, II Co 10:4; Hebraistically, of judges ( Ps 81(82):6 ), Jo 10:34 (LXX), 35.Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

be next toI am contiguous with, am next door to.*† συν-ομορέω, -ῶ to border on: c. dat., Ac 18:7 (Byz.).†Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:14

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:1

Acts 18:8

8And Crispus the ruler of the synagogue believed in the Lord with all his house and many of the Corinthians hearing believed and were baptized

Related verses (14)

Crispus

And

the

ruler of the synagogue

believed

in the

Lord

with

all

The ASV does not translate this word.

house

his

and

many

of the

Corinthians

hearing

believed

and

were baptized

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

ΚρίσποςKREE-spohs

δὲdeh

ὁhoh

ἀρχισυνάγωγοςahr-chee-soo-NAH-goh-gohs

ἐπίστευσενeh-PEE-styoo-sen

τῷtoh

κυρίῳkoo-REE-oh

σὺνsoon

ὅλῳHOH-loh

τῷtoh

οἴκῳOY-koh

αὐτοῦow-TOO

καὶkai

πολλοὶpoh-LOY

τῶνtohn

Κορινθίωνkoh-reen-THEE-ohn

ἀκούοντεςah-KOO-ohn-tes

ἐπίστευονeh-PEE-styoo-ohn

καὶkai

ἐβαπτίζοντοeh-bah-PTEE-zohn-toh

The Pieces

Κρίσποςname of a person

δὲGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

ἀρχισυνάγωγοςGreek noun, masculine

ἐπίστευσενGreek verb

τῷGreek article

κυρίῳGreek noun, masculine

σὺνGreek preposition

ὅλῳGreek adjective

τῷGreek article

οἴκῳGreek noun, masculine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

πολλοὶGreek adjective or Greek adverb

τῶνGreek article

Κορινθίωνname of a people of a place

ἀκούοντεςGreek verb

ἐπίστευονGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐβαπτίζοντοGreek verb

What It Can Mean

CrispusCrispus, ruler of the synagogue at Corinth, converted and baptized by Paul.Κρίσπος, -ου, ὁ, Crispus: Ac 18:8, I Co 1:14.†Scroll for more

synagogue leaderA leader of the synagogue, a leader connected with the synagogue: sometimes there was only one, and the name was in some cases merely honorary.*† ἀρχισυνάγωγος, -ου, ὁ (< συναγωγή ), ruler of a synagogue, an administrative officer, supervising the worship ( רֹאשׁ הַכְּנֵםֶת ): Mk 5:22, 35, 36, 38, Lk 8:49 13:14, Ac 13:15 18:8, 17 (Inscr., v. MM, s.v.; cf. also DB, ext., 101).†Scroll for more

to trust inI believe, have faith in, trust in; pass: I am entrusted with.πιστεύω, [in LXX chiefly for אמן hi.;] intrans., to have faith (in), to believe; in cl., c. acc., dat., in NT also c. prep. (on the significance of the various constructions, v. M, Pr., 67 f.; Vau. on Ro 4:5; Ellic. on I Ti 1:16; Abbott, JV, 19-80): absol., Mt 24:23, 26, Mk 13:21, I Co 11:18; c. acc. rei, Ac 13:41, I Co 13:7; c. dat. pers. (to believe what one says), Mk 16:[13, 14], I Jo 4:1; τ. ψεύδει, II Th 2:11; περί... ὅτι, Jo 9:18; esp. and most freq. with reference to religious belief: absol., Mt 8:13, Mk 5:36, Lk 8:50, Jo 11:40, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mt 9:28, al.; c. dat. (v. supr., and cf. DB, i, 829a), Jo 3:12 5:24 6:30 8:31, Ac 16:34, Ga 3:6 (LXX), II Ti 1:12, I Jo 5:10, al.; c. prep., (expressing personal trust and reliance as distinct from mere credence or belief; v. M, Pr., 67 f.; DB, i, 829b), to believe in or on: ἐν ( Ps 77 (78):22, al.), Mk 1:15 (v. Swete, in l.); εἰς, Mt 18:6, Jo 2:11 (v. Westc., in l.), and freq., Ac 10:43 19:4, Ro 10:14, Ga 2:16, Phl 1:29, I Jo 5:10, I Pe 1:8; εἰς τ. ὄνομα (v.s. ὄνομα, Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18, I Jo 5:13; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 27:42, Ac 9:42 11:17 16:31 22:19, Ro 4:5; ἐπί, c. dat., Ro 9:33 (LXX) 10:11 (LXX), I Ti 1:16, I Pe 2:6 (LXX); ptcp. pres., οἱ π., as subst., Ac 2:44, Ro 3:22, I Co 1:21, al.; aor., Mk 16:[16], Ac 4:32; pf., Ac 19:18 21:20 (on Johannine use of the tenses of π., v. Westc, Epp. Jo., 120). Trans., to entrust: c. acc. et dat., Lk 16:11, Jo 2:24; pass., to be entrusted with: c. acc., Ro 3:2, I Co 9:17, Ga 2:7, I Th 2:4 (v. Lft., Notes, 21 f.), I Ti 1:11, Tit 1:3.Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

withWith.σύν (old Att. ξύν ), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellowship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to μετά, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v.; Bl., § 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being rare in Mt 4, Mk 6, Jo 3, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1:11, II Pe 1:18 ) only in Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with: of companionship and association, Lk 2:13, Jo 21:3, Ac 10:23, al.; εἶναι σύν τινι, Lk 7:12, Ac 4:13, Phl 1:23, al.; of partisanship, Ac 4:13; οἱ σύν τινι (ὄντες), of attendants, companions or colleagues, Mk 2:26, Lk 5:9, Ac 5:17, al.; of assistance, ἡ χάρις τ. θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί, I Co 15:10; of two or more things together, almost = καί, Lk 23:11, Ac 3:4 10:2 14:5 23:15, Eph 3:18; σὺν Χριστῷ ζῆν, II Co 13:4; besides (FlJ, LXX), σὺν πᾶσι τούτοις, Lk 24:21. In composition: with ( συνχαίρω ), together ( συνωδίνω ), altogether ( συντελέω ).Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, entire, complete.ὅλος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] of persons and things, whole, entire, complete; of indefinite ideas, c. subst. anarth.: Lk 5:5, Ac 11:26 28:30, Tit 1:11; ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ( an entire man; v. Field, Notes, 93), Jo 7:23; ὅλη Ἰερουσαλήμ (= πᾶσα Ἰ, Mt 2:3; v. Bl., § 47, 9), Ac 21:31. Definite, c. art.; preceding subst.: Mt 4:23, 24, Lk 8:39, I Co 12:17, al.; following subst.: Mk 1:33, Lk 9:25, Jo 4:53, Ac 21:30, al.; between art. and subst., where subst. is an abstract noun (Plat., al.). Attached to adj. or verb: Mt 13:33, Lk 13:21, Jo 9:34, al.; adverbially, δι ̓ ὅλου (MM, xviii), Jo 19:23.Scroll for more

house: home(a) a house, the material building, (b) a household, family, lineage, nation.οἶκος, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for בַּיִת, also for הֵיכָל, אֹהֶל, etc.;] prop., a house, dwelling: Ac 2:2 19:16; c. gen. poss., Mt 9:6, 7, Mk 2:11, Lk 1:23, al.; c. gen. attrib., ἐμπορίου, Jo 2:16; προσευχῆς, Mt 21:13, al.; of a sanctuary (Hdt., Eur.): οἶ. τ. θεοῦ, of the tabernacle, Mt 12:4, al.; the temple, Mt 21:13, al.; metaph. of a city: Mt 23:38, Lk 13:35; of the body, Mt 12:44, Lk 11:24; of Christians, I Pe 2:5; ἐν οἴ (M, Pr., 81 f.), at home, Mk 2:1, I Co 11:34 14:35; so κατ’ οἶκον, Ac 2:46 5:42; οἱ εἰς (= οἱ ἐν; v.s. εἰς ) τ. οἶ., Lk 7:10 15:6; κατ’ οἴκους, from house to house, Ac 8:3 20:20; εἰς ( κατ’ ) οἶκον, c. gen. (Bl., § 46, 9), Mk 8:3, Lk 14:1, Ro 16:5, al. By meton., a house, household, family: Lk 10:5, Ac 7:10, I Co 1:16, I Ti 3:4, 5 al.; of the Church, ὁ οἶ. τ. θεοῦ, I Ti 3:15, He 3:2, I Pe 4:17; of descendants, οἶ Ἰσραήλ ( Δαυείδ, Ἰακώβ; Bl, § 47, 9), Mt 10:6, Lk 1:27, 33, al. (cf. Ex 6:14, I Ki 2:30, al.). SYN.: v.s. οἰκία.Scroll for more

muchMuch, many; often.πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, [in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms;] as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Ac 11:21; ὄχλος, Mk 5:24; θερισμός, Mt 9:37; χόρτος, Jo 6:10; χρόνος, Mt 25:19; γογγυσμός, Jo 7:12; πόνος, Col 4:13; δόξα, Mt 24:30; σιγή, Ac 21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mt 13:17; ὄχλοι, Mt 4:25; δαιμόνια, Mk 1:34; δυνάμεις, Mt 7:22, As subst., pl. masc., πολλοί, many (persons): Mt 7:22, Mk 2:2, al.; c. gen. partit., Mt 3:7, Lk 1:16, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 7:31, Ac 17:12; c. art., οἱ π., the many, Mt 24:12, Ro 12:5, I Co 10:17, 33, II Co 2:17; opp. to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Ro 5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mt 13:3, Mk 5:26, al.; acc. with adverbial force, Mk 1:45, Ro 16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 16:12, Ja 3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Lk 12:48; adverbially, Mk 12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (gen. pret.), Mt 26:9; c. compar. (Bl., § 44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, II Co 8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jo 4:41. Compar., πλείων, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (v. WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater; as adj.: Jo 15:2, Ac 18:20, He 3:3; seq. παρά, He 11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Ac 13:31, al.; c. gen. compar., Mt 21:36; c. num. ( ἤ of comp. omitted), Ac 4:22 24:11, al. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Ac 19:32 27:12, I Co 10:5 15:6; also (Bl., § 44, 3) others, more, the more: II Co 2:6 4:15, Phl 1:14; πλείονα, Lk 11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mt 20:10, II Ti 3:9; c. gen. comp., Mk 12:43, Lk 21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mt 12:41; adverbially, Ac 4:17 20:9 24:4. As adv., πλεῖον: seq. ἤ, Lk 9:13; c. gen. comp., Mt 5:20; πλείω: c. num., Mt 26:53. Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον, prop., most: Mt 11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., I Co 14:27; elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mk 4:1.Scroll for more

CorinthianCorinthian, of Corinth.κορίνθιος, -α, -ον, Corinthian; as subst., ὁ Κ., a Corinthian: Ac 18:8, 27 (WH, txt., R, omit), II Co 6:11; 1Co, 2Co, tit.†Scroll for more

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

to baptizeLit: I dip, submerge, but specifically of ceremonial dipping; I baptize.βαπτίζω (< βάπτω ), [in LXX: IV Ki 5:14 ( טבל ), Is 21:4, Jth 12:7, Si 31 (34):30 *;] to dip, immerse, sink; generally (in Polyb., iii, 72, of soldiers wading breast-deep; in i, 51, of the sinking of ships); metaph., to overwhelm ( Is 21:4; cf. MM, Exp., x); c. cogn. acc., βάπτισμα β., Mk 10:38, 39, Lk 12:50. Mid., to perform ablutions, wash oneself, bathe ( IV Ki 5:14, Jth 12:7, Si 31 (34):30 ): Mk 7:4; aor. pass, in same sense, Lk 11:38. Of ablution, immersion, as a religious rite, to baptize; absol.; Mk 1:4, Jo 1:25, 26, 28 3:22, 23, 26 4:2 10:40, I Co 1:17; ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ βαπτιστής, M, Pr., 127), Mk 6:14, 24; c. acc., Jo 4:1, Ac 8:38, I Co 1:14, 16; c. cogn. acc., τὸ βάπτισμα, Ac 19:4 (cf. Mk 10:38, supr.); pass., to be baptized, receive baptism: Mt 3:13, 14, 16, Mk 16:16, Lk 3:7, 12, 21 7:29 ( τ. βάπτισμα ) Luke 7:30, Ac 2:41 8:12, 13, 36 9:18 10:47 16:15, 33 18:8; mid., 22:16 (M, Pr., 163); with prepositions: ἐν, of the element, Mt 3:6, 11, Mk 1:4, 5, 8, Lk 3:16, Jo 1:26, 31, 33 3:23, Ac 1:5 2:38 10:48 11:16, I Co 10:2; εἰς, of the element, purpose or result (Lft., Notes, 155), Mt 3:11 28:19, Mk 1:9, Ac 8:16 19:3, 5, Ro 6:3, I Co 1:13, 15 10:2 12:13, Ga 3:27; c. dat., ὕδατι, Lk 3:16, Ac 1:5 11:16; ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν, perh. to fulfil the wish of a dead friend, I Co 15:29 (v. ICC, in l.; cf. DB, i, 238 ff.; DCG, i, 169 a; ii, 605 b; Cremer, 126).†Scroll for more

← Back to Deuteronomy 3:2

← Back to Deuteronomy 20:3

← Back to Joshua 1:5

← Back to Joshua 6:27

← Back to Judges 2:18

← Back to Judges 6:12

← Back to Judges 7:9

← Back to 2 Kings 6:16

← Back to Psalms 17:3

← Back to Psalms 23:4

← Back to Psalms 64:1

← Back to Psalms 91:15

← Back to Proverbs 15:7

← Back to Isaiah 43:5

← Back to Jeremiah 15:20

← Back to Lamentations 3:57

← Back to Daniel 10:12

← Back to Haggai 1:13

← Back to Matthew 1:23

← Back to Matthew 28:20

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:8

← Back to 2 Corinthians 4:10

← Back to 2 Corinthians 12:1

← Back to Galatians 2:2

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:17

← Back to 1 Peter 3:14

Acts 18:9

9And the Lord said unto Paul in the night by a vision Be not afraid but speak and hold not thy peace

Word By Word, In Greek Order1said | 2And | 3the | 4Lord | 5in | 6the night | 7by | 8a vision | 9— | 10unto Paul | 11not | 12Be … afraid | 13but | 14speak | 15and | 16not | 17hold … thy peace

Related verses (13)

said

And

the

Lord

the night

a vision

The ASV does not translate this word.

unto Paul

not

Be … afraid

but

speak

and

not

hold … thy peace

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

εἶπενAY-pen

δὲdeh

ὁhoh

κύριοςKOO-ree-ohs

ἐνen

νυκτὶnoo-KTEE

διdee

ὁράματοςhoh-RAH-mah-tohs

τῷtoh

ΠαύλῳPOW-loh

Μὴmay

φοβοῦfoh-BOO

ἀλλὰah-LAH

λάλειLAH-lay

καὶkai

μὴmay

σιωπήσῃςsee-oh-PAY-says

The Pieces

εἶπενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

κύριοςGreek noun, masculine

ἐνGreek preposition

νυκτὶGreek noun, feminine

διGreek preposition

ὁράματοςGreek noun, neuter

τῷGreek article

Παύλῳname of a person

ΜὴGreek negative particle

φοβοῦGreek verb

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

λάλειGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

μὴGreek negative particle

σιωπήσῃςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

nightThe night, night-time.νύξ, gen. νυκτός, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for לַיְלָה;] night: Mt 12:40, Mk 6:48, Jo 13:30, al.; gen. temp. (of the time within which something happens; M, Pr., 73; B1., § 36, 13), νυκτός, by night, Mt 2:14, Jo 3:2, I Th 5:7, al.; ν. κ. ἡμέρας, Mk 5:5, I Th 2:9, al.; ἡμέρας κ. ν., Lk 18:7, Re 4:8, al.; μέσης ν., Mt 25:6; dat., νυκτί, in ans. to the question, "when?" (rare in cl.; Hdt., Soph.), ταύτῃ τ. ν., Lk 12:20, al.; ἐκείνῃ, Ac 12:6; ἐπιούσῃ, Ac 23:11; acc. durat. (Bl., § 34, 8; Kühner 3, III, 314 b), ν. κ. ἠμέραν, Lk 2:37, Ac 20:31; τ. νύκτας, Lk 21:37; διὰ νυκτός (= cl. νυκτός; Bl., § 42, 1; 46, 7), Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; δι’ ὅλης ν., Lk 5:5; κατὰ μέσον τῆς ν. (Bl., § 47, 6), Ac 27:27. Metaph.: Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:5.Scroll for more

visionA spectacle, vision, that which is seen.ὅραμα, -τος, τό (< ὁράω ), [in LXX for חָזוֹן, מַרְאֶה, etc.;] that which is seen; a sight, spectacle: Mt 17:9, Ac 7:31; an appearance, vision: Ac 9:10, 12 (Rec.) 10:3, 17, 19 11:5 12:9 16:9, 10 18:9 (cf. ὀπτασία ).†Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to fearI fear, dread, reverence, am afraid, terrified.φοβέω, ῶ (< φόβος ) [in LXX chiefly for ירא;] in Hom., to put to flight. Pass., to be put to flight, to flee affrighted to terrify, frighten (Wis 179; Hdt. and Att..). Pass. (so always in NT; cf. M, Pr., 162), to be seized with fear, be affrighted, fear: Mt 10:31 14:27, Mk 5:33 6:50, Lk 1:13 8:50, Jo 6:19 12:15, Ac 16:38, al.; opp. to ὑψηλοφρονεῖν, Ro 11:20; σφόδρα, Mt 17:6 27:54; c. cogn. acc., φόβον μέγαν, Mk 4:41, Lk 2:9 ( I Mac 10:8 ); φόβον αὐτῶν (obj, gen., but cf. ICC, in l.), I Pe 3:14; πτόησιν, I Pe 3:6; c. acc. pers., Mt 10:26, Mk 11:18, Lk 19:21, Jo 9:22, Ac 9:26, Ro 13:3, al.; seq. ἀπό (like Heb. יָרֵא, Je 1:8, al.; cf. M, Pr., 102, 104 n ), Mt 10:28, Lk 12:4; seq. μή (cl.; Bl., § 65, 3; M, Pr., 184 f.), Ac 23:10 27:17; μήπως, Ac 27:29, II Co 11:3 12:20, Ga 4:11; μήποτε, He 4:1; c. inf. (Bl., § 69, 4; M, Pr., 205), Mt 1:20, Mk 9:32, al.; of reverential fear: Mk 6:20, Eph 5:33; τ. θεόν, Lk 1:50, Ac 10:2, I Pe 2:17, Re 14:7, al.; τ. κύριον, Col 3:22, Re 15:4; τ. ὄνομα τ. θεοῦ (v.s. ὄνομα ), Re 11:18; οἱ φοβούμενοι τ. θεόν, of proselytes, Ac 13:16, 26 (cf. ἐκ-φοβέω )Scroll for more

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

be quietI keep silence, am silent, either voluntarily or involuntarily.σιωπάω, -ῶ (< σιωπή, silence ) [in LXX for חשׁה, חרשׁ hi., etc.;] to be silent or still, keep silence: Mt 20:31 26:63, Mk 3:4 9:34 10:48 14:61, Lk 19:4, Ac 18:9; of one dumb, Lk 1:20 (cf. IV Mac 10:18 ); addressed rhetorically to the sea, σιώπα, Mk 4:39.† SYN.: ἡσυχάζω, σιγάω (q.v.).Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 34:24

← Back to 1 Samuel 18:14

← Back to 2 Chronicles 32:8

← Back to Jeremiah 1:8

← Back to Jeremiah 30:11

← Back to Jeremiah 42:11

← Back to Jeremiah 46:28

← Back to Matthew 9:37

← Back to Ephesians 1:4

Acts 18:10

10for I am with thee and no man shall set on thee to harm thee for I have much people in this city

Related verses (21)

for

with

thee

and

no man

shall set

on thee

The ASV does not translate this word.

to harm

thee

for

people

have

much

The ASV does not translate this word.

city

this

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

διότιdee-OH-tee

ἐγώeh-GOH

εἰμιay-mee

μετὰmeh-TAH

σοῦsoo

καὶkai

οὐδεὶςoo-DAYS

ἐπιθήσεταίeh-pee-THAY-seh-tai

σοιsoy

τοῦtoo

κακῶσαίkah-KOH-sai

σεseh

διότιdee-OH-tee

λαόςlah-OHS

ἐστίeh-STEE

μοιmoy

πολὺςpoh-LOOS

ἐνen

τῇtay

πόλειPOH-lay

ταύτῃTOW-tay

The Pieces

διότιGreek conjunction

ἐγώGreek pronoun

εἰμιGreek verb

μετὰGreek preposition

σοῦGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐδεὶςGreek adjective

ἐπιθήσεταίGreek verb

σοιGreek pronoun

τοῦGreek article

κακῶσαίGreek verb

σεGreek pronoun

διότιGreek conjunction

λαόςGreek noun, masculine

ἐστίGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

πολὺςGreek adjective or Greek adverb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

πόλειGreek noun, feminine

ταύτῃGreek demonstrative pronoun

What It Can Mean

becauseOn this account, because, for.δι-ότι, conjunct., for διὰ τοῦτο, ὅτι (Lat. propterea quod ), because: Lk 1:13 2:7 21:28, Ac 13:35 18:10 20:26 22:18, Ro 1:19, 21 3:20 8:7, 21, I Co 15:9, Phl 2:26, I Th 2:8, 18 (Lft., Notes, 37) 4:6, He 11:5, 23, Ja 4:3, I Pe 1:16, 24 2:6. It is usually stronger than ὅτι, but sometimes, as in Lk 1:13, Ro 1:19, I Th 2:18, approximates to MGr. sense, for; cf. Milligan, Th., l.c. †Scroll for more

to beI am, exist.εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

noneNo one, none, nothing.οὐδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -θείς, -θέν, Lk 22:35 23:14, Ac 15:9 19:27 26:26, I Co 13:2, II Co 11:8; cf. Bl., § 6, 7; M, Pr., 56 n, Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to μηδείς as οὐ to μή, no, no one, none: with nouns, Lk 4:24, Jo 10:41, Ro 8:1, al.; absol., Mt 6:24, Mk 3:27, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:18, Ac 18:10, Ro 14:7, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Lk 4:26, Jo 13:28, al.; neut., οὐδέν, Mt 10:26, al.; id. c. gen. partit., Lk 9:36, Ac 18:17, al.; οὐδὲν εἰ μή, Mt 5:13, Mk 9:29, al.; c. neg., strengthening the negation, Mk 15:4, 5, Lk 4:2, Jo 3:27, al.; adverbially, Ac 25:10, Ga 4:12, al.Scroll for more

to put/lay onI put, place upon, lay on; I add, give in addition.ἐπι-τίθημι [in LXX for נָתַן, שָׁוָה, etc.;] to lay, set or place upon: c. acc rei, seq. ἐπί, c. acc rei, Mt 23:4, Lk 15:5, Jo 9:6 ( WH, txt.), 15, Ac 15:10 28:3; ἐπί, c. gen. rei, Mt 27:29; ἐν, ib.; c. dat. pers., σταυρόν, Lk 23:26; στέφανον, Jo 19:2; ὄνομα, Mk 3:16, 17; πληγάς, Lk 10:30, Ac 16:23; ἐπί c. acc pers., Re 22:18; of the laying on of hands, τ. χεῖρα ( -ας ), seq. ἐπί c. acc pers., Mt 9:18, Mk 16:[18], Ac 8:17 9:17; c. dat. pers., Mt 19:13, 15, Mk 5:23 6:5 7:32 8:23, Lk 4:40 13:13, Ac 6:6 8:19 9:12 13:3 19:6 28:8, I Ti 5:22. Mid., to provide: Ac 28:10 (RV, put on board; cf. Field, Notes, 149); to throw oneself upon, attack: c. dat. pers., Ac 18:10. to add to: Re 22:18 (v. supr., and cf. Swete, in l.).†Scroll for more

to harmI treat badly, afflict, embitter, make angry.κακόω, -ῶ (< κακός ), [in LXX chiefly for רעע hi., ענה pi.;] to ill-treat, afflict, distress: c. acc. pers., Ac 7:6, 19 12:1 18:10, I Pe 3:13. (not in cl.), to embitter ( Ps 105 (106):32 ): Ac 14:2.†Scroll for more

a people(a) a people, characteristically of God's chosen people, first the Jews, then the Christians, (b) sometimes, but rarely, the people, the crowd.λαός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX very freq. for עַם, Ge 14:16, al.; occasionally for לְאֹם ( Ge 25:23, al.), etc.;] a word rarely found in Att. prose; the people at large (Hom., al.), esp. of people assembled: Mt 27:25, Lk 1:21 3:15 al.; pl. (Hom., al., π.; v. MM, xvi), Ac 4:27. a people, those of the same race and language (Pind., Æsch., al.: in LXX, Ge 26:11, Ex 9:16, al.): joined with γλῶσσα, φυλή, ἔθνος, Re 5:9 7:9 11:9, al.; pl., Lk 2:31, Ro 15:11; esp. as almost always in LXX, of Israel, Mt 4:23, Mk 7:6, Lk 2:10, Jo 11:50, He 2:17, al.; opp. to τ. ἔθνη, Ac 26:17, 23, Ro 15:10; οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ( πρῶτοι, etc.) τοῦ λ., Mt 21:23, Lk 19:17, Ac 4:8, al.; ὁ λ. μου ( αὐτοῦ, τ. θεοῦ ), Mt 2:6, Lk 1:68, He 11:25, al.; of the people disting. from the rulers and priests ( I Es 1:10, Jth 8:9, al.), Mt 26:5, Lk 20:19, He 5:3, al.; of Christians, as the people of God, Ac 15:14, Ro 9:25, 26, He 4:9; περιούσιος, Tit 2:14; εἰς περιποίησιν, I Pe 2:9 (LXX). SYN.: v.s. δῆμος.Scroll for more

he isεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

to meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

cityA city, the inhabitants of a city.πόλις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for עִיר;] a city: Mt 2:23, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:29, Jo 4:8, al. mult.; opp. to κῶμαι ( κ. καὶ ἀγροί ), Mt 9:35 10:11, Mk 6:56, Lk 8:1 13:22; c. nom. propr. in appos. (cl.), Ac 11:5 16:14; c. id. in gen. appos. (Bl., § 35, 5), Ac 8:5, II Pe 2:6; gen., of the region, Lk 1:26 4:31, Jo 4:5; of the inhabitants, Mt 10:5, 23, Lk 23:51, Ac 19:35, II Co 11:32; c. gen. pers., of one's residence or native place, Mt 22:7, Lk 2:4, 11 4:29 10:11, Jo 1:45, Ac 16:20, Re 16:9; of Jerusalem: ἡ ἁγία π., Mt 4:5 27:53, Re 11:2; ἡ ἠγαπημένη, Re 20:19; π. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, Mt 5:35 (cf. Ps 47 (48):2 ); of the heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions, Re 3:12 21:2, 10, 14 ff. 22:14, 19. By meton., of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 8:34 12:25 21:10, Mk 1:33, Ac 14:21 21:30.Scroll for more

her

← Back to Acts 19:10

Acts 18:11

11And he dwelt there a year and six months teaching the word of God among them

Related verses (3)

Acts 14:3 | Acts 19:10 | Acts 20:31

he dwelt

And

a year

and

months

six

teaching

among

them

the

word

The ASV does not translate this word.

of God

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

ἐκάθισενeh-KAH-thee-sen

δὲdeh

ἐνιαυτὸνeh-nee-ow-TOHN

καὶkai

μῆναςMAY-nahs

ἓξheks

διδάσκωνdee-DAH-skohn

ἐνen

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

τὸνtohn

λόγονLOH-gohn

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

The Pieces

ἐκάθισενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐνιαυτὸνGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

μῆναςGreek noun, masculine

ἓξGreek adjective

διδάσκωνGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

τὸνGreek article

λόγονGreek noun, masculine

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

What It Can Mean

to seat(a) trans: I make to sit; I set, appoint, (b) intrans: I sit down, am seated, stay.καθ-ίζω, [in LXX chiefly for ישׁב;] causal, to make to sit down, set, appoint: Ac 2:30, I Co 6:4, Eph 1:20. Intrans., to sit down, be seated, sit: Mt 5:1, Mk 9:35, Lk 7:15, Jo 8:2, al.; c. inf. tel., I Co 10:7; seq. εἰς, II Th 2:4; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 11:2, Jo 12:14; id. c. gen., Jo 19:13, Ac 12:21; ὧδε, Mk 14:32; αὐτοῦ, Mt 26:36; ἐν δεξιᾷ, He 1:3; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 20:21, 23; ἐν, Re 3:21; καθίσας pleonastic (M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 22), Mt 13:48, Lk 5:3 14:31 16:6; of settling in a place ( ἐς χωρίον, Thuc., iv, 93), seq. ἐν, Lk 24:49 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐπι-, παρα-, περι-, συν-καθίζω ).Scroll for more

yearA year, cycle of time.ἐνιαυτός, -οῦ, ὁ [in LXX for שָׁנֶה;] prop., a cycle of time. = ἔτος, a year: Jo 11:49, 51 18:13, Ac 11:26 18:11, Ja 5:17, Re 9:15; pl., of sabbatical years, Ga 4:10; ποιεῖν ἐ., to spend a year, Ja 4:13; ἅπαξ τοῦ ἐ., He 9:7; κατ' ἐ., He 9:25 10:1, 3; ἐ. δεκτόν, Lk 4:19 (LXX).†Scroll for more

monthA (lunar) month.μήν, gen., μηνός, ὁ, [in LXX very freq. for חֹדֶשׁ, Ge 7:11, al.; a few times for יֶרַח;] a month: Lk 1:24, 26, 36, 56 4:25, Ac 7:20 18:11 19:8 20:3 28:11, Ja 5:17, Re 9:5, 10, 15 11:2 13:5 22:2; pl., of the festival of the new moon (cf. Is 66:23 ), Ga 4:10.†Scroll for more

sixSix.ἕξ, οἱ, αἱ, τά indecl., six: Mt 17:1, Lk 13:14, al.Scroll for more

to teachI teach, direct, admonish.διδάσκω [in LXX chiefly for למד pi., also for ידע hi., ירה hi., etc.;] to teach (i.e. instruct ) a person, teach a thing; trans.: c. acc. pers., Mt 5:2, Mk 1:22, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 8:31; περί, I Jo 2:27; c. inf., Lk 11:1; c. acc. rei, Mk 6:30 12:14; c. cogn. acc., Mt 15:9 (LXX); c. dupl. acc, Mk 4:2, Jo 14:26; pass., Ga 1:12, II Th 2:15; c. dat. pers. (like Heb., cf. Jb 21:22, but prob. a vernac. usage, v. Swete, in l.), Re 2:14. Absol., to teach, give instruction: Mt 4:23, Mk 1:21, and often in Gosp., Ro 12:7, I Co 4:17, I Ti 2:12, al. SYN.: παιδεύω (cf. Westc., Heb., 402; Cremer, 180).Scroll for more

← Back to Jeremiah 12:6

← Back to Romans 16:5

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:5

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:10

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:16

← Back to James 2:6

Acts 18:12

12But when Gallio was proconsul of Achaia the Jews with one accord rose up against Paul and brought him before the judgment seat

Related verses (18)

Gallio

But

proconsul

when … was

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Achaia

rose up

with one accord

the

Jews

The ASV does not translate this word.

against Paul

and

brought

him

before

the

judgment seat

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Γαλλίωνοςgah-LEE-oh-nohs

δὲdeh

ἀνθυπάτουahn-thoo-PAH-too

ὄντοςOHN-tohs

τῆςtays

Ἀχαΐαςah-chah-EE-ahs

κατεπέστησανkah-teh-PEH-stay-sahn

ὁμοθυμαδὸνhoh-moh-thoo-mah-DOHN

οἱhoy

Ἰουδαῖοιee-oo-DAI-oy

τῷtoh

ΠαύλῳPOW-loh

καὶkai

ἤγαγονAY-gah-gohn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὸtoh

βῆμαBAY-mah

The Pieces

Γαλλίωνοςname of a person

δὲGreek conjunction

ἀνθυπάτουGreek noun, masculine

ὄντοςGreek verb

τῆςGreek article

Ἀχαΐαςname of a place

κατεπέστησανGreek verb

ὁμοθυμαδὸνGreek adverb

οἱGreek article

Ἰουδαῖοιname of a people descended from a person

τῷGreek article

Παύλῳname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

ἤγαγονGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

βῆμαGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

GallioGallio, Lucius Iunius Gallio, who received this name by adoption into another family, but was born brother of the philosopher Seneca and originally named L. Annaeus Nouatus; proconsul of the Roman province Achaia from spring A.D. 52 to spring 53.Γαλλίων, -ωνος, ὁ, Gallio, proconsul of Achaia: Ac 18:12, 14, 17.†Scroll for more

proconsulA proconsul.* ἀνθ-ύπατος, -ου, ὁ ( ἀντί, ὕπατος, altern. for ὑπέρτατος ), supreme, a consul, one acting in place of a consul, a proconsul, the administrator of a senatorial province (cf. ἡγεμών, and v. MM, VGT, 44): Ac 13:7, 8, 12 18:12 19:38.†Scroll for more

beingεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

AchaiaThe Roman Province Achaia, governed by a proconsul, and practically conterminous with modern Greece before 1912.Ἀχαία (T, Ἀχαΐα ), -ας, ἡ (Bl., § 46, 11), Achaia, the Roman province: Ac 18:12, 27 19:21, Ro 15:26, I Co 16:15, II Co 1:1 9:2 11:10, I Th 1:7, 8.†Scroll for more

to attackI rush, assault, rise up against.*† κατ-εφ-ίστημι, to rise up against: Ac 18:12.†Scroll for more

unitedWith one mind, unanimously, with one accord, at the same time.ὁμοθυμαδόν (< ὁμός, θυμός ), [in LXX for יַחַד (freq. in Jb), Wi 10:20 18:5, 12, al.;] with one mind, with one accord: Ac 1:14 2:46 4:24 5:12 7:57 8:6 12:20 15:25 18:12 19:29, Ro 15:6 (Hatch, Essays, 63 f., argues that the un-cl. sense together, which is found in Jb 3:18 38:33, Nu 24:24, Wi 18:5, 12 (but not 10:20 ), al., should be attached to the NT instances, but v. Abbott, Essays, 96; MM, xviii).†Scroll for more

to bringI lead, lead away, bring (a person, or animal), guide, spend a day, go.ἄγω, [in LXX for בּוא hi., לקח, נהג, etc.;] to lead, bring, carry: c. acc., seq. ἐπί, εἰς, ἕως, πρός and simple dat.; metaph., to lead, guide, impel: Jo 10:16 Ro 2:4, He 2:10, II Ti 3:6, al. to spend or keep a day: Lk 24:21, Ac 19:38 Intrans., to go: subjunc., ἄγωμεν, Mt 2:46, al. (Cramer, 61; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

judgement seatAn elevated place ascended by steps, a throne, tribunal.βῆμα, -τος, τό (< βαίνω ), [in LXX: De 2:5 ( מִדְרָךְ ), Ne 8:4 ( מִגְדָּל ), I Es 9:42, Si 19:30 45:9, II Mac 13:26 *;] a step, stride, pace: Ac 7:5. a raised place, a platform reached by steps, originally that in the Pnyx at Athens from which orations were made; freq. of the tribune or tribunal of a Roman magistrate or ruler: Mt 27:19, Jo 19:13, Ac 12:21, 18:12, 16, 17 25:6, 10, 17; β. τοῦ θεοῦ, Ro 14:10; τ. Χριστοῦ, II Co 5:10.†Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 5:17

← Back to Matthew 26:61

← Back to Acts 18:4

Acts 18:13

13saying This man persuadeth men to worship God contrary to the law

Word By Word, In Greek Order1saying | 2— | 3contrary to | 4the | 5law | 6persuadeth | 7This man | 8— | 9men | 10to worship | 11— | 12God

Related verses (5)

Acts 18:4 | Acts 6:13 | Acts 21:28 | Acts 24:5-6 | Acts 25:8

saying

The ASV does not translate this word.

contrary to

the

law

persuadeth

This man

The ASV does not translate this word.

men

to worship

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

λέγοντεςLEH-gohn-tes

ὅτιHOH-tee

Παρὰpah-RAH

τὸνtohn

νόμονNOH-mohn

ἀναπείθειah-nah-PAY-thay

οὗτοςHOO-tohs

τοὺςtoos

ἀνθρώπουςahn-THROH-poos

σέβεσθαιSEH-beh-sthai

τὸνtohn

θεόνtheh-OHN

The Pieces

λέγοντεςGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ΠαρὰGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

νόμονGreek noun, masculine

ἀναπείθειGreek verb

οὗτοςGreek demonstrative pronoun

τοὺςGreek article

ἀνθρώπουςGreek noun, masculine

σέβεσθαιGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

θεόν

What It Can Mean

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

lawUsage, custom, law; in NT: of law in general, plur: of divine laws; of a force or influence impelling to action; of the Mosaic law; meton: of the books which contain the law, the Pentateuch, the Old Testament scriptures in general.νόμος, -ου, ὁ (< νέμω, to deal out, distribute ), [in LXX chiefly for תּוֹרָה, also for חֻקָּה, etc.;] that which is assigned, hence, usage, custom, then law; in NT (only in Mt, Jo, Ja, and the Lucan and Pauline bks.); of law in general: Ro 3:27 5:13b; pl., of divine laws, He 8:10 10:16; ὁ ν. τ. Χριστοῦ, Ga 6:2; (τ.) ἐλευθερίας, Ja 1:25 2:12; βασιλικιός (Hort., in l.; Deiss., LAE, 367 3 ), Ja 2:8. Of a force or influence impelling to action: Ro 7:21, 23a, 25 8:2. Of the Mosaic law: Mt 5:18, Lk 2:27, Jo 1:17, Ac 6:13, Ro 2:15, I Co 9:8, I Ti 1:8, He 7:19, al.; ν. Μωυσέως, Lk 2:22, Jo 7:23, Ac 15:5, al.; κυρίου, Lk 2:39; κατὰ τὸν ν., Ac 22:12, He 7:5 9:22. Anarthrous (Bl., § 46, 8; ICC on Ro 2:12, 13 ), νόμος, of law in general: Ro 2:12, 14b 3:20, 21 4:15, al.; of the Mosaic law in its quality as law: Ro 2:14a 5:20 10:4, Ga 2:19, al.; οἱ ἐκ ν., Ro 4:14; ὑπὸ νόμον, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5; ν. πράσσειν ( πληροῦν ), Ro 2:25 13:8. Of Christian teaching: ν. πίστεως, Ro 3:27; τ. Χριστοῦ, Ga 6:2. By meton., of the books which contain the law; of the Pentateuch: Mt 12:5, Jo 1:45, al.; ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται, Mt 5:17, Lk 16:16, al.; ὁ ν. καὶ προφῆται κ. ψαλμοί, Lk 24:44; of the OT Scriptures in general (as Heb. תּוֹרָה ): Jo 10:34 12:34 15:25, I Co 14:21, al.Scroll for more

to persuadeI persuade, incite, seduce, tempt.ἀνα-πείθω, [in LXX: Je 29:8 ( נשׂא hi.), I Mac 1:11 *;] to persuade, incite: Ac 18:13 (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

this/he/she/itThis; he, she, it.οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

a humanA man, one of the human race.ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אָדָם, אִישׁ, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc.;] man: generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo ): Jo 16:21; c. art., Mt 4:4 12:35, Mk 2:27, Jo 2:25, Ro 7:1, al; disting. from God, Mt 19:6, Jo 10:33, Col 3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mt 4:19, Lk 5:10, Re 9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, I Co 3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, I Co 2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, I Pe 4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, I Co 3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν ( λαλεῖν ), Ro 3:5, I Co 9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Ga 3:15 (cf. I Co 15:32, Ga 1:11 ); by meton., of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω ( ἔξω ) ἄ., Ro 7:22, Eph 3:16, II Co 4:16 (cf. I Pe 3:4 ); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ., Ro 6:6, Eph 2:15 4:22, 24, Col 3:9, 10; joined with another subst., ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mt 13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ. ); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mt 27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Ac 16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ., men, people: Mt 5:13, 16, Mk 8:24, Jo 4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mk 11:2, I Ti 6:16. Indef., ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mt 17:14, Mk 12:1, al.; τις ἄ., Mt 18:12, Jo 5:5, al.; indef. one (Fr. on ), Ro 3:28, Ga 2:16, al.; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt 10:36 19:10, Jo 7:22, 23. Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 12:13, Mk 3:5, al.; οὗτος ὁ ἄ., Lk 14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mk 14:71, Mt 12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, II Th 2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אֱלֹהִים אִישׁ ), I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ., v.s. υἱός. SYN.: ἀνήρ, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635).Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 18:16

← Back to Esther 1:16

← Back to Matthew 5:2

← Back to 1 Corinthians 6:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:1

Acts 18:14

14But when Paul was about to open his mouth Gallio said unto the Jews If indeed it were a matter of wrong or of wicked villany O ye Jews reason would that I should bear with you

Related verses (12)

when … was about

But

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

to open

his

mouth

said

The ASV does not translate this word.

Gallio

unto

the

Jews

indeed

it were

matter of wrong

of … villany

wicked

ye Jews

The ASV does not translate this word.

reason

would

I should bear

with you

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

μέλλοντοςMEH-lohn-tohs

δὲdeh

τοῦtoo

ΠαύλουPOW-loo

ἀνοίγεινah-NOY-gayn

τὸtoh

στόμαSTOH-mah

εἶπενAY-pen

ὁhoh

Γαλλίωνgah-LEE-ohn

πρὸςprohs

τοὺςtoos

Ἰουδαίουςee-oo-DAI-oos

Εἰay

μὲνmen

ἦνayn

ἀδίκημάah-DEE-kay-mah

τιtee

ἢay

ῥᾳδιούργημαrah-dee-OOR-gay-mah

πονηρόνpoh-nay-ROHN

ὦoh

Ἰουδαῖοιee-oo-DAI-oy

κατὰkah-TAH

λόγονLOH-gohn

ἂνahn

ἀνεσχόμηνah-neh-SCHOH-mayn

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

The Pieces

μέλλοντοςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

τοῦGreek article

Παύλουname of a person

ἀνοίγεινGreek verb

τὸGreek article

στόμαGreek noun, neuter

εἶπενGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Γαλλίωνname of a person

πρὸςGreek preposition

τοὺςGreek article

Ἰουδαίουςname of a people descended from a person

ΕἰGreek conditional

μὲνGreek particle

ἦνGreek verb

ἀδίκημάGreek noun, neuter

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

ἢGreek conjunction

ῥᾳδιούργημαGreek noun, neuter

πονηρόνGreek adjective

ὦGreek interjection

Ἰουδαῖοιname of a people descended from a person

κατὰGreek preposition

λόγονGreek noun, masculine

ἂνGreek conditional

ἀνεσχόμηνGreek verb

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to ensueI intend, am about to; I delay, linger.μέλλω, [in LXX: Jb 3:8 ( עָתִיד ) 19:25 ( אַחֲרוֹן ); elsewhere for fut., and freq. in Wi, II, IV Mac;] to be about to be or do; c. inf. (Bl., § 62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114); of intending or being about to do of one's own free will: c. inf. praes., Mt 2:13, Lk 10:1, Ac 3:3 5:35, He 8:5, II Pe 1:12 (Field, Notes, 240), al.; c. inf. aor. (Bl., § 58, 3), Ac 12:6, Re 3:16; of compulsion, necessity or certainty: c. inf. praes., Mt 16:27, Lk 9:31, Jo 6:71, Ro 4:24, al.; c. inf. aor., Ro 8:18, Ga 3:23, Re 3:2 12:4. Ptcp., ὁ μέλλων: absol., Ro 8:38, I Co 3:22; τὰ μ., Col 2:17; εἰς τὸ μ. (Field, Notes, 65); c. subst., Mt 3:7 12:32 ( ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μ.; LXX for עַד ), Ac 24:25, I Ti 4:8, He 2:5, al.Scroll for more

to openI open.ἀν-οίγω ( ἀνά, οἴγω = οἴγνυμι ), [in LXX chiefly for פָּתַח;] to open; trans., c. acc.; a door or gate, Ac 5:19 12:14, Re 4:1; pass., Ac 12:10 16:26, 27; metaph. of opportunity or welcome, Ac 14:27, Col 4:3, Re 3:20; pass., I Co 16:9, II Co 2:12, Re 3:8; absol. (sc. θύραν ), Ac 5:23 12:16; c. dat. pers., Lk 12:36, Jo 10:3; metaph., Mt 7:7, 8 25:11, Lk 11:9, 10 13:25, Re 3:7; θησαυρούς ( Si 43:14 ), Mt 2:11; τ. μνημεῖα, Mt 27:52; τάφος, Ro 3:13; τ. φρέαρ, Re 9:2; of heaven, Mt 3:16, Lk 3:21, Ac 10:11, Re 11:19 15:5 19:11; σφραγῖδα, Re 5:9 6:1 ff. 8:1; βιβλίον, βιβλαρίδιον, Lk 4:17, Re 5:2-5 10:2, 8 20:12; τ. στόμα, Mt 17:27; id. Hebraistically ( Nu 22:28, Jb 3:1, Is 50:5, al.), of beginning to speak, Mt 5:2, Ac 8:32, 35 10:34 18:14; seq. εἰς βλαιφημίας, Re 13:6; ἐν παραβολαῖς ( Ps 77 (78):2 ), Mt 13:35; of recovering speech, Lk 1:64; of the earth opening, Re 12:16; τ. ὀφθαλμούς, Ac 9:8, 40; id. c. gen. pers., of restoring sight, Mt 9:30 20:33, Jo 9:10 ff. 10:21 11:37; metaph., Ac 26:18; ἀκοάς, c. gen. pers., of restoring hearing, Mk 7:35. Intrans. in 2 pf., ἀνέῳγα (M, Pr., 154); heaven, Jo 1:51; τ. στόμα, seq. πρός, of speaking freely, II Co 6:11 (cf. δι-ανοίγω and v. MM, VGT, 45).†Scroll for more

mouthThe mouth, speech, eloquence in speech, the point of a sword.στόμα, -τος, τό [in LXX chiefly for פֶּה;] the mouth: of man, Mt 15:11, Jo 19:29, Ac 11:8, al.; of animals, Mt 17:27, II Ti 4:17 (fig.), He 11:33, Ja 3:3, al.; fig., of inanimate things ( ποταμοῦ, Hom.), ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ σ., Re 12:16; σ. μαχαίρας (Heb. פִּי ־ חֶרֶב, Ge 34:26 al.), the edge of the sword, Lk 21:24, He 11:34; esp. of the mouth as the organ of speech: opp. to καρδία, Mt 12:34, Ro 10:8, 10; in various phrases (some cl., some resembling Hebrew; cf. Bl., § 40, 9): ἀνοίγειν τ. σ. (v.s. ἀνοίγω ); σ. πρὸς σ. ( פֶּה אֵל ־ פֶּה, Nu 12:8; = cl., κατὰ σ., Hdt., al.), face to face, II Jn 12, III Jn 14; διὰ τοῦ σ. (of the Holy Spirit), Lk 1:70, Ac 1:16, al.; ἀπὸ (ἐκ) τοῦ σ. (cf. ἀπὸ σ. εἰπεῖν, Plat., al.), of speaking by word of mouth, Lk 22:71, Ac 22:14; δόλος (ψεῦδος) ἐν τ. σ., I Pe 2:22, Re 14:5 (LXX); metaph., ἡ ῥομφαία τοῦ σ., Re 2:16. By meton., for speech (Soph.): Mt 18:16 (LXX), Lk 19:22 21:15, II Co 13:1Scroll for more

ifIf.εἰ, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions. Conditional, if; c. indic., expressing a general assumption; pres.: seq. indic, pres., Mt 11:14, Ro 8:25, al.; seq. imperat., Mk 4:23 9:22, Jo 15:18, I Co 7:9, al.; seq. fut. indic., Lk 16:31, Ro 8:11, al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 12:26, Ro 4:14, al.; similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17:6, Jo 8:39; seq. quæst., Mt 6:23, Jo 5:47 7:23 8:46, I Pe 2:20; fut.: Mt 26:33, I Pe 2:20; pf.: Jo 11:12, Ro 6:5, al.; aor.: Lk 16:11 19:8, Jo 13:32, 18:23, Re 20:15, al. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mt 12:28, Jo 7:4, Ro 5:17, al. Of an unfulfilled condition, c. indic, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. ἄν, c. imp. or aor. (v.s. ἄν, I, i). C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mk 15:44, I Jo 3:13, al. C. indic., as in LXX ( Nu 14:3o, I Ki 14:45, al. = Heb. אִם ), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mk 8:12, He 3:11 (LXX) 4:3 (LXX). Rarely (cl.) c. optat., to express a merely possible condition: Ac 24:19 27:39, I Co 14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17. Interrogative, if, whether. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: c. indic. pres., Mt 26:63, Mk 15:36, Ac 19:2, II Co 13:5, al.; fut., Mk 3:2, Ac 8:22, al.; aor., Mk 15:44, I Co 1:16, al.; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phl 3:12. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Ge 17:17, al.; v. WM, 639 f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mk 8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 13:23, 22:49, Ac 19:2, al. With other particles. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, v.s. ἄρα, γε. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Lk 11:18; but even if, I Co 4:7, II Co 4:3 11:16. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 2:21, 22, Jo 14:2, Re 2:5, al. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mk 14:29, Lk 11:8, I Co 7:21, II Co 4:16, Phl 2:17, al. καὶ εἰ, even if, v.s. καί εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mt 24:22, Mk 2:26 6:5, Jo 9:33, I Co 7:17 ( only ), Ga 1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; v. Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), I Co 14:5 15:2, I Ti 5:19. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely ( Ez 33:27, al.): He 6:14. εἴ πως, if haply: Ac 27:12, Ro 1:10. εἴτε... εἴτε, whether... or: Ro 12:6-8, I Co 3:22 13:8, al.Scroll for more

on the other handAn untranslatable particle, generally answered by "de", each of the two introducing a clause intended to be contrasted with the other.μέν, conjunctive particle (originally a form of μήν ), usually related to a following δέ or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like δέ, it never stands first in a clause. Answered by δέ or some other particle: μὲν... δέ, indeed... but, Mt 3:11, Lk 3:16, al.; with pronouns, ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, one... another, Mt 21:35, al.; pl., Phl 1:16, 17; ὃ μὲν... ὃ δὲ... ὃ δέ, some... some... some, Mt 13:8; τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δέ, partly... partly, He 10:33; μὲν... ἔπειτα, Jo 11:6; μὲν... καί, Lk 8:5. μέν solitarium, answered by no other particle: πρῶτον μέν (Bl., § 78, 5), Ro 1:8 3:2, I Co 11:18; μὲν οὖν in narrative, summing up what precedes or introducing something further (Bl., § 78, 5), so then, rather, nay rather: Lk 11:28 (WH, μενοῦν ), Ac 1:6 9:31, al.; μὲν οὖν γε ( Phl 3:8, WH): v.s. μενοῦνγε.Scroll for more

crimeA legal wrong, crime (with which one is charged), misdeed, crime against God, a sin.ἀδίκημα, -τος, τό (< ἀδικέω ), [in LXX for עָוֹן, פֶּשַׁע, etc.;] a wrong, injury, misdeed (MM, VGT, s.v.): Ac 18:14 24:20, Re 18:5.†Scroll for more

orOr, than.ἤ, disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11); disjunctive, or; between single words: Mt 5:17, Mk 6:56, Lk 2:24, Jo 6:19, Ro 1:21, al.; before a sentence expressing a variation, denial or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form: Mt 7:4, 9, Mk 12:14, Lk 13:4, Ro 3:29 6:3 9:21, I Co 6:9, 16 9:6, II Co 11:7; ἢ... ἤ, either... or, Mt 6:24, Lk 16:13, I Co 14:6; in a disjunctive question (as Lat. an after utrum ): Mt 9:5, Mk 2:9, Lk 7:19, al.; after πότερον, Jo 7:17; μή, I Co 9:8; μήτι, II Co 1:17; ἢ... ἢ... ἤ, Mk 13:35. Comparative, than: after comparatives, Mt 10:15, Lk 9:13, Jo 3:19, Ro 13:11, al.; after ἕτερον, Ac 17:21; θέλω (Khüner 3, ɪᴠ, 303), I Co 14:19; πρὶν ἤ, before, seq. acc. et inf., Mt 1:18, Mk 14:30; after a positive adj. ( Ge 49:12; cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mt 18:8, 9, Mk 9:43, 45, 47. With other particles: ἀλλ’ ἤ, v.s. ἀλλά; ἢ γάρ, v.s. γάρ; ἢ καί, or even, or also, Mt 7:10, Lk 11:11, 12, Ro 2:15 4:9, al.; ἤτοι... ἤ, Ro 6:16 (cf. Wi 11:19 ).Scroll for more

crimeA careless action, an act of villainy.* ῥᾳδιούργημα, -τος, τό (< ῥᾳδιουργέω, to act recklessly or wrongly ) a reckless act. crime, villany: Ac 18:14.†Scroll for more

evil/badEvil, bad, wicked, malicious, slothful.πονηρός, -ά, -όν (< πονέω, to toil ), [in LXX chiefly for רַע;] of persons, oppressed by toils (Hes.); of things, toilsome, painful ( καιρός, Si 51:12 ): Eph 5:16 6:13, Re 16:2. bad, worthless; in physical sense: καρπός, Mt 7:17, 18; in ethical sense, bad, evil, wicked; of persons: Mt 7:11 12:34, 35 18:32 25:26, Lk 6:45 11:13 19:22, Ac 17:5, II Th 3:2, II Ti 3:13; γενεά, Mt 12:39, 45 16:4, Lk 11:29; πνεῦμια, Mt 12:45, Lk 7:21 8:2 11:26, Ac 19:12, 13, 15, 16; as subst., οἱ π., opp. to δίκαιοι, Mt 13:49; to ἀγαθοί, Mt 5:45 22:10; οἱ ἀχάριστοι καὶ π., Lk 6:35; sing., ὁ π., Mt 5:39, I Co 5:13; id. esp. of Satan, the evil one, Mt 5:37 6:13 (v. Lft., Notes, 125 ff.; but cf. McN, in l.) 13:19, 38, Lk 11:4 (WH, R, om.), Jo 17:15, Eph 6:16, II Th 3:3 (Lft., Notes, 125 ff.), I Jn 2:13, 14 3:12 Jn 5:18, 19; of things: Mt 5:11 12:35 15:19, Lk 6:22, 45, Jo 3:19 7:7, Ac 18:14 25:18, Ga 1:4, Col 1:21, I Ti 6:4, II Ti 4:18, He 3:12 10:22, Ja 2:4 4:16, I Jn 3:12, II Jn 11, III Jn 10; ὀφθαλμός (q.v.), Mt 6:23 20:15, Mk 7:22, Lk 11:34; as subst., neut., τὸ π., Ac 28:21, I Th 5:22; opp. to ἀγαθόν, Lk 6:45, Ro 12:9; pl., Mt 9:4, Mk 7:23, Lk 3:19.† SYN.: v.s. ἄθεσμος.Scroll for more

oh!O, an exclamation, used in addressing someone.ὦ interj., c. vocat., O; in simple address (less freq. than in cl.; M, Pr., 71); Ac 1:1 18:14 27:21, Ro 2:1, 3 9:20, I Ti 6:20; expressing reproof, Ja 2:20; in exclamations of surprise, etc.: Mt 15:28, Lk 24:25, Ac 13:10, Ro 11:33, Ga 3:1; c. nom. (Bl., § 33, 4), Mt 17:17, Mk 9:19, Lk 9:41.†Scroll for more

ifAn untranslatable word (under the circumstances, in that case, anyhow), the general effect of which is to make a statement contingent, which would otherwise be definite: it is thus regularly used with the subjunctive mood.ἄν, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which contain it (see further, LS, s.v.; WM, §xlii; M, Pr., 165 ff.; MM, VGT, s.v.). In apodosis, c. indic, impf. or aor., expressing what would be or would have been if ( εἰ c. impf., aor. or plpf.) some condition were or had been fulfilled: Lk 7:39 17:6, Jo 5:46, Ga 1:10, Mt 12:7 24:43, I Co 2:8, Ac 18:14, I Jo 2:19, al. The protasis is sometimes understood (as also in cl.): Mt 25:27, Lk 19:23. In hypothetical sentences, expressing unreality, ἄν (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is omitted: Jo 8:39 15:24 19:11, Ro 7:7, Ga 4:15; c. opt., inf., ptcp. (cl.; v. LS, s.v.; M, Int., §275; M, Pr., 167:4). In combination with conditional, relative, temporal, and final words; as in cl., c. subj., in protasis with εἰ, in Attic contr. ἐάν, q.v.; in conditional, relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ὅτε, ἐπεί, etc.; v.s. ὅταν, ἐπάν, etc.), ever, soever; c. pres., ἡνίκα, II Co 3:15; ὃς ἄν, Ro 9:15 (LXX) 16:2, al.; ὅσοι ἄν, Lk 9:5; ὡς ἄν, Ro 15:24 (M, Pr., 167); c. aor., ὃς ἄν, Mt 5:21, 22, 31; ἕως ἄν, until, Mt 2:13, Mk 6:10, al.; ὡς ἄν, as soon as (M, Pr., 167), I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. On the freq. use of ἐάν for ἄν with the foregoing words, v.s. ἐάν; in late Gk., when some actual fact is spoken of, c. indic.: ὅταν (q.v.); ὅπου ἄν, Mk 6:56 (M, Pr., 168); καθότι ἄν, Ac 2:45 4:35; ὡς ἄν, I Co 12:2. in iterative construction, c. impf. and aor. indic. (M, Pr., 167): Ac 2:45 4:35, I Co 12:2. c. optat., giving a potential sense to a question or wish: Ac 8:31 26:29. Elliptical constructions: εἰ μή τι ἄν (M, Pr., 169), I Co 7:5; ὡς ἄν, c. inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), II Co 10:9.Scroll for more

to endureI endure, bear with, have patience with, suffer, admit, persist.ἀν-έχω, [in LXX chiefly for אפק hithp.;] to hold up; in NT always mid., to bear with, endure: in cl. most freq. c. acc., but in NT c. gen. pers., Mt 17:17, Mk 9:19, Lk 9:41, II Co 11:1, 19, Eph 4:2, Col 3:13; seq. μικρόν τι, c. gen. pers. and c. gen. rei, II Co 11:1; c. dat. rei, II Th 1:4 (v M, Th., in l.); seq. εἴ τις, II Co 11:20; absol., I Co 4:12, II Co 11:4; to bear with = to listen to, c. gen. pers., Ac 18:14; c. gen. rei, II Ti 4:3, He 13:22 (cf. προσανέχω and MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

← Back to 2 Samuel 19:29

← Back to Matthew 13:19

← Back to Matthew 27:4

← Back to 1 Corinthians 2:14

Acts 18:15

15but if they are questions about words and names and your own law look to it yourselves I am not minded to be a judge of these matters

Related verses (9)

but

questions

they are

about

words

and

names

and

law

The ASV does not translate this word.

your own

look to it

yourselves

a judge

of these matters

not

am … minded

to be

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

εἰay

δὲdeh

ζητήματάzay-TAY-mah-tah

ἐστινeh-steen

περὶpeh-REE

λόγουLOH-goo

καὶkai

ὀνομάτωνoh-noh-MAH-tohn

καὶkai

νόμουNOH-moo

τοῦtoo

καθkahth

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

ὄψεσθεOH-pseh-stheh

αὐτοίow-TOY

κριτὴςkree-TAYS

ἐγὼeh-GOH

τούτωνTOO-tohn

οὐoo

βούλομαιBOO-loh-mai

εἶναιAY-nai

The Pieces

εἰGreek conditional

δὲGreek conjunction

ζητήματάGreek noun, neuter

ἐστινGreek verb

περὶGreek preposition

λόγουGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ὀνομάτωνGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

νόμουGreek noun, masculine

τοῦGreek article

καθGreek preposition

ὑμᾶς

ὄψεσθε

αὐτοίGreek pronoun

κριτὴςGreek noun, masculine

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

οὐGreek negative particle

βούλομαιGreek verb

εἶναιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

a question/disputeA question, subject of inquiry, dispute.ζήτημα, -τος, τό (< ζητέω ), [in LXX: ζ. τίθεσθαι ( דּרשׁ ni.), Ez 36:37 A*;] an inquiry, question: Ac 15:2 18:15 23:29 25:19 26:3.†Scroll for more

about(a) gen: about, concerning, (b) acc: around.περί, prep. c. gen., acc. (in cl. also c. dat.; cf. M, Pr., 105f.), with radical sense round about (as distinct from ἀμφί, on both sides ). C. gen., of place, about (poët.). Causal, about, on account of, concerning, in reference to: Mt 2:8, Mk 1:44, Lk 4:38, Jo 16:26, Ac 28:21, al. mult.; τὰ περί, c. gen., the things concerning one, one's state or case: Mk 5:27, Ac 1:3 28:15, Eph 6:22, al.; at the beginning of a sentence, περί, regarding, as to, I Co 7:1, al.; in the sense on account of ( Mt 26:28, I Co 1:13, al.), often with ὑπέρ as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). C. acc., of place, about, around: Mt 3:4, Mk 1:6, Lk 13:8, Ac 22:6, al.; οἱ περί, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc., Mk 4:10, Lk 22:49, Jo 11:19, Ac 13:13; οἱ περὶ τ. τοιαῦτα ἐργάται, Ac 19:25; metaph., about, as to, concerning: I Ti 1:19 6:4, II Ti 2:18 3:8, Tit 2:7; τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, Phl 2:23; αἱ περὶ τ. λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι, Mk 4:19. Of time, in a loose reckoning, about, near: Mt 20:3, 5, 6, 9 27:46, Mk 6:48, Ac 10:3, 9 22:6. In composition: round about ( περιβάλλω, περίκειμαι ), beyond, over and above ( περιποιέω, περιλείπω ), to excess ( περιεργάζομαι, περισσεύω ).Scroll for more

to seeI see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.ὁράω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc.;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by βλέτω, θεωρέω, v. Bl., § 24). Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:46, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:16, al.; c. acc., Mt 2:2, Mk 1:10 16:7, Ga 1:19, al.; θεόν, Jo 1:18, I Jo 4:20, al. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Ro 15:21; c. acc. rei., Mt 9:2 27:54, Ac 8:23, Col 2:18, al. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, c. aor. subjc., Mt 8:4 18:10, Mk 1:44, I Th 5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Re 19:10 22:9 (Bl., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. Mt 9:30 16:6, Mk 8:15. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; ζωήν, Jo 3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Ac 2:27. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 8:20, Jo 12:21, Ro 1:11, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 19:21. to see to, care for: Mt 27:4, Ac 18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω ). SYN.: v.s. βλέπω.Scroll for more

judgeA judge, magistrate, ruler.κριτής, -οῦ, ὁ (< κρίνω ), [in LXX chiefly for שֹׁפַט;] a judge: Mt 5:25, Lk 12:14, 58 18:2; τ. ἀδικίας, Lk 18:6; c. gen. rei (obj.), Ac 18:15, Ja 4:11; (qual.), διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν, Ja 2:4; of a Roman procurator, Ac 24:10; of God, He 12:23, Ja 4:12; Christ, Ac 10:42, II Ti 4:8, Ja 5:9; of those whose conduct is made a standard for judging, Mt 12:27, Lk 11:19; in the OT sense ( Jg 2:16, Ru 1:1, al), of a ruler in Israel, Ac 13:20.† SYN.: δικάστης, q.v.Scroll for more

of theseοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

to planI will, intend, desire, wish.βούλομαι, [in LXX for חפץ, אבה, יעץ, etc.;] to will, wish, desire, purpose, be minded, implying more strongly than θέλω (q.v.), the deliberate exercise of volition (v. Hort on Ja 1:18 ): c. inf. (M, Pr., 205; Bl., §69, 4), Mk 15:15, Ac 5:28, 33 12:4 15:37 17:20 18:15, 27 19:30 22:30 23:28 27:43 28:18, II Co 1:15, I Ti 6:9, He 6:17, II Jo 12, III Jo 10, Ju 5; c. acc., II Co 1:17; c. acc. et inf., Phl 1:12, I Ti 2:8 5:14, Tit 3:8, II Pe 3:9; of the will making choice between alternatives, Mt 1:19 11:27, Lk 10:22, Ac 25:20, I Co 12:11, Ja 3:4 4:4; εἰ βούλει (cl., a courteous phrase = θέλεις, colloq.; Bl., §21, 8; LS, s.v.), Lk 22:42; c. subjc., adding force to a question of deliberation (Bl., §64, 6), Jo 18:39; βουληθείς, of set purpose (v. Hort, in l.), Ja 1:18; impf., ἐβουλόμην (= cl. βουλοίμην ἄν; Bl., §63, 5; Lft., Phm. 13), Ac 25:22, Phm 13 (v. also Cremer, 143).†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 18:12

Acts 18:16

16And he drove them from the judgment seat

Related verses (3)

Psalms 76:10 | Romans 13:3-4 | Revelation 12:16

And

he drove

them

from

the

judgment seat

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

καὶkai

ἀπήλασενah-PAY-lah-sen

αὐτοὺςow-TOOS

ἀπὸah-POH

τοῦtoo

βήματοςBAY-mah-tohs

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀπήλασενGreek verb

αὐτοὺςGreek reflexive pronoun

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

βήματοςGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

to ejectI drive away.ἀπ-ελαύνω, [in LXX for נצל, שׁלח;] to drive away: Ac 18:16 (MM, s.v.).†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

← Back to Proverbs 24:11

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:1

Acts 18:17

17And they all laid hold on Sosthenes the ruler of the synagogue and beat him before the judgment seat And Gallio cared for none of these things

Related verses (4)

1 Corinthians 1:1 | Acts 17:32 | Amos 6:6 | 1 Corinthians 1:23

they … laid hold on

And

all

Sosthenes

the

ruler of the synagogue

and beat him

before

the

judgment seat

And

none

of these things

The ASV does not translate this word.

Gallio

cared for

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ἐπιλαβόμενοιeh-pee-lah-BOH-meh-noy

δὲdeh

πάντεςPAHN-tes

Σωσθένηνsoh-STHEH-nayn

τὸνtohn

ἀρχισυνάγωγονahr-chee-soo-NAH-goh-gohn

ἔτυπτονEH-too-ptohn

ἔμπροσθενEM-proh-sthen

τοῦtoo

βήματοςBAY-mah-tohs

καὶkai

οὐδὲνoo-DEN

τούτωνTOO-tohn

τῷtoh

Γαλλίωνιgah-LEE-oh-nee

ἔμελενEH-meh-len

The Pieces

ἐπιλαβόμενοιGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

πάντεςGreek adjective

Σωσθένηνname of a person

τὸνGreek article

ἀρχισυνάγωγονGreek noun, masculine

ἔτυπτονGreek verb

ἔμπροσθενGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

βήματοςGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐδὲνGreek adjective

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

τῷGreek article

Γαλλίωνιname of a person

ἔμελενGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to catchI lay hold of, take hold of, seize (sometimes with beneficent, sometimes with hostile, intent).ἐπι-λαμβάνω [in LXX for חָזַק hi., אָחַז, etc.;] always mid. in LXX and NT (v. Cremer, 758), to lay hold of: c. gen. pers., Mt 14:31, Ac 17:19 21:30, 33; c. acc pers. (not cl.), Lk 9:47 14:4 23:26 (WH, but v. Bl., 101 5 ), Ac 9:27 16:9 18:17; c. gen. rei, Mk 8:23, Ac 23:19, He 8:9 (LXX); c. gen. pers. et rei, Lk 20:20, 26; τ. αἰωνίου ( ὄντως ) ζωῆς, I Ti 6:12, 19. Metaph. (as in Si 4:11 ), He 2:16 (v. Westc., in l.).†Scroll for more

SosthenesSosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue at Corinth.Σωσθένης, -ου, ὁ Sosthenes; a Jewish ruler: Ac 18:7; a Christian: I Co 1:1.†Scroll for more

to strikeI beat, strike, wound, inflict punishment.τύπτω [in LXX chiefly for נכה hi.;] to strike, smite, beat: c. acc, Mt 24:49, Mk 15:19, Lk 12:45, Ac 18:17 21:32 23:2, 3; of mourners, τὰ στήθη, Lk 18:13 23:48; ἐπὶ τ. σιαγόνα, Lk 6:29; εἰς τ. κεφαλήν, Mt 27:30. Metaph., of God inflicting evil: Ac 23:3 (cf. Ex 8:2, Ez 7:9, al.); of disquieting conscience, I Co 8:12.†Scroll for more

beforeIn front, before the face; sometimes made a subst. by the addition of the article: in front of, before the face of.ἔμ-προσθεν adv. of place (in cl. also of time), [in LXX chiefly for עֳנִי;] adverbially, before, in front: Lk 19:28; εἰς τὸ ἔ., Lk 19:4; opp. to ὄπισθεν, Re 4:6; opp. to τὰ ὀπίσω, τὰ ἔ., Phl 3:13. As prep., before; in front of: Mt 5:24 6:2 7:6 11:10 27:29, Lk 5:19 7:27 14:2, Jo 3:28 10:4, Re 19:10 22:8; in the presence of: Mt 27:11, Ga 2:14, I Th 1:3 2:19 3:9 3:13; ὁμολουεῖν, ἀρνεῖσθαι (Dalman, Words, 210), Mt 10:32, 33 26:70, Lk 12:8; in forensic sense, Mt 25:32 27:11, Lk 21:36, Ac 18:17, II Co 5:10, I Th 2:19, I Jn 3:19; εὐδοκία ( θέλημά ) ἐστι ἔ. θεοῦ (a targumic formula; Dalman, Words, 211), Mt 11:26 18:14, Lk 10:21; in the sight of: Mt 5:16 6:1 17:2 23:14, Mk 2:12 9:2, Lk 19:27, Jo 12:37, Ac 10:4; of rank and dignity (Dem., Plat., al.; LXX, Ge 48:20 ): Jo 1:15, 30.†Scroll for more

to concernIt is a care, it is an object of anxiety, it concerns.μέλω, [in LXX: Jb 22:3 ( חֵפֶץ ), To 10:5, Wi 12:13, I Mac 14:42, 43 *;] intrans., to be an object of care, be a care; commonly in third pers.: c. dat. pers., Ac 18:17; very freq. impers., I Co 7:21; seq. ὅτι, Mk 4:38, Lk 10:40; c. gen. rei (as freq. in Att.), I Co 9:9; seq. περί, Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14, Jo 10:13 12:6, I Pe 5:7. Trans., in act. and mid., to care for (not in LXX or NT).†Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 28:20

← Back to Leviticus 22:18

← Back to Numbers 6:9

← Back to Numbers 6:18

← Back to Judges 16:17

← Back to Romans 16:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:20

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:26

← Back to Galatians 1:21

Acts 18:18

18And Paul having tarried after this yet many days took his leave of the brethren and sailed thence for Syria and with him Priscilla and Aquila having shorn his head in Cenchreae for he had a vow

Related verses (7)

The ASV does not translate this word.

And

Paul

yet

having tarried

days

many

the

brethren

took his leave of

and sailed thence

for

The ASV does not translate this word.

Syria

and

with

him

Priscilla

and

Aquila

having shorn

Cenchreae

his

head

he had

for

a vow

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Ὁhoh

δὲdeh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

ἔτιEH-tee

προσμείναςproh-SMAY-nahs

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

ἱκανὰςhee-kah-NAHS

τοῖςtoys

ἀδελφοῖςah-del-FOYS

ἀποταξάμενοςah-poh-tah-KSAH-meh-nohs

ἐξέπλειeh-KSEH-play

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

Συρίανsoo-REE-ahn

καὶkai

σὺνsoon

αὐτῷow-TOH

ΠρίσκιλλαPREE-skee-lah

καὶkai

Ἀκύλαςah-KOO-lahs

κειράμενοςkay-RAH-meh-nohs

ἐνen

Κεγχρεαῖςken-chreh-AIS

τὴνtayn

κεφαλήνkeh-fah-LAYN

εἶχενAY-chen

γὰρgahr

εὐχήνyoo-CHAYN

The Pieces

ὉGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

Παῦλοςname of a person

ἔτιGreek adverb

προσμείναςGreek verb

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

ἱκανὰςGreek adjective

τοῖςGreek article

ἀδελφοῖςGreek noun, masculine

ἀποταξάμενοςGreek verb

ἐξέπλειGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

Συρίανname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

σὺνGreek preposition

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

Πρίσκιλλαname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

Ἀκύλαςname of a person

κειράμενοςGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

Κεγχρεαῖςname of a place

τὴνGreek article

κεφαλήνGreek noun, feminine

εἶχενGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

εὐχήνGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

still(a) of time: still, yet, even now, (b) of degree: even, further, more, in addition.ἔτι adv., yet, as yet, still; of time; of the present (adhuc): Mk 5:35, I Co 3:3 15:17, Ga 1:10, al.; of the past, mostly c. impf.: Mt 12:46, Lk 8:49 15:20, Jo 20:1, Ac 9:1, Ro 5:6, 8, II Th 2:5, He 7:10 9:8, al.; of the future: Lk 1:15, II Co 1:10; with a neg.: Mt 5:13, Lk 16:2 20:36, He 10:2, Re 3:12 20:3, al. Of degree, even, yet, still, further: c. compar., Phl 1:9, He 7:15; of what remains, Mk 12:6, Jo 4:35 7:33, al.; of what is added, Mt 18:16 26:65, He 11:32 12:26, 27; of continuance apart from the idea of time, Ro 3:7 6:2 9:19, Ga 5:11; ἔτι δἐ, Ac 2:26 (LXX), He 11:36; ἔτι τε καί, Lk 14:26, Ac 21:28Scroll for more

to remain/persistI remain; I abide in, remain in, persist in, adhere to.προσ-μένω, [in LXX: Jg 3:25 A ( חוּל hi.), To 2:2 א, Wi 3:9, III Mac 7:17 *;] to wait longer, continue, remain still: Ac 18:18; seq. ἐν, I Ti 1:3. C. dat., to remain with: Mt 15:32, Mk 8:32. Metaph., to remain attached to, cleave unto, abide in: τ. κυρίῳ, Ac 11:23 (R, txt.; ἐν τ. κ., R, mg., v. supr.); τ. χάριτι τ. θεοῦ, Ac 13:43; τ. δεήσεσιν, I Ti 5:5.†Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

sufficient(a) considerable, sufficient, of number, quantity, time, (b) of persons: sufficiently strong (good, etc.), worthy, suitable, with various constructions, (c) many, much.ἱκανός, -ή, -όν (< ἵκω, ἱκάνω, to reach, attain ), [in LXX for דַּי, etc.;] of persons, suffcient, competent, fit: c. inf., Mt 3:11, Mk 1:7, Lk 3:16, I Co 15:9, II Co 3:5, II Ti 2:2; seq. πρός, II Co 2:16; seq. ἵνα, Mt 8:8, Lk 7:6. Of things, in number, quantity or size, sufficient, enough, much, many: absol., ἱκανοί, Lk 7:11 (WH, R, omit) 8:32, Ac 12:12 14:21 19:19, I Co 11:30; ὄχλος ἱ., Mk 10:46, Lk 7:12, Ac 11:24, 26 19:26; κλαυθμός, Ac 20:37; ἀργύρια, Mt 28:12; λαμπάδες, Ac 20:8; λόγοι, Lk 23:9; φῶς, Ac 22:6; ἱ, ἐστιν (cf. רַב לָכֶם, LXX ἱκανούσθω, De 3:26 ), Lk 22:38; τὸ ἱ. ποιεῖν (Lat. satisfacere; cf. Je 31 (48):30 ), Mk 15:15; τὸ ἱ. λαμβάνειν (Lat. satis accipere; v. M, Pr., 20 f.), Ac 17:9; of time, ἡμέραι ἱ., Ac 9:23, 43 18:18 27:7; ἱ. χρόνος, Lk 8:27, Ac 8:11 14:3 27:9; pl., Lk 20:9; ἐκ χρόνων ἱ., Lk 23:8; ἀπὸ ἱ. ἐτῶν, Ro 15:23 (WH); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (cf. II Mac 8:25 ), Ac 20:11.†Scroll for more

brotherA brother, member of the same religious community, especially a fellow-Christian.ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ἀ- copul., δελφύς, womb ), in cl., a brother, born of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for אָח;] lit. of a brother ( Ge 4:2, al.). Of a neighbour ( Le 19:17 ). Of a member of the same nation ( Ex 2:14, De 15:3 ). In NT in each of these senses (1. Mt 1:2, al.; 2. Mt 7:3; 3. Ro 9:3 ) and also, of a fellow-Christian: I Co 1:1, Ac 9:30. This usage finds illustration in π., where ἀ. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1:4; MM, VGT, s.v.). The ἀδελφοὶ τ. Κυρίου ( Mt 12:46-49 13:55 28:10, Mk 3:31-34, Lk 8:19-21, Jo 2:12 7:3, 5 10 20:17, Ac 1:14, I Co 9:5 ) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. viff.; DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal., 252ff.; DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes ἀ. equivalent to ἀνεψιός, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)Scroll for more

to leaveI withdraw from, take leave of, renounce, send away.ἀπο-τάσσω, [in LXX: Ec 2:20 ( יאשׁ pi.), I Es 6:27, Je 20:2, I Mac 4 *;] to set apart. Mid., in late Gk. (Bl., § 37, 1; Swete, Mk., 136 f.; MM, s.v.), c. dat., to take leave of: Mk 6:46, Lk 9:61, Ac 18:18, 21, II Co 2:13; to forsake: Lk 14:33.†Scroll for more

to sail out/awayI sail out (of harbor), sail away.* ἐκ-πλέω, -ῶ to sail away: Ac 20:6; seq. εἰς, Ac 15:39 18:18.†Scroll for more

SyriaSyria, a great Roman imperial province, united with Cilicia.Συρία, -ας, ή Syria: Mt 4:24, Lk 2:2, Ac 15:23, 41 18:18 20:3 21:3, Ga 1:21.†Scroll for more

to shearI shear, cut the hair of; mid: I cut my own hair, have my hair cut.κείρω, [in LXX chiefly for גּזז, Is 53:7, al.;] to cut short the hair, shear: a sheep, Ac 8:32 ( Is 53:7 ). Mid., to have one's hair cut off, be shorn: absol., I Co 11:6; τ. κεφαλήν, Ac 18:18.†Scroll for more

CenchreaeCenchreae, the port of Corinth on the Saronic Gulf.Κενχρεαί (Rec. Κεγχ-; v. WH, App., 150), -ῶν, αἱ, Cenchreæ, a port of Corinth: Ac 18:18, Ro 16:1.†Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

a vow/prayerA prayer comprising a vow; a prayer, vow.εὐχή, -ῆς, ἡ (< εὔχομαι ), [in LXX chiefly for נֵדֶר;] a prayer: Ja 5:15. a vow: Ac 18:18 21:23.† SYN.: v.s. δέησιςScroll for more

← Back to Acts 9:29

← Back to Acts 19:1

← Back to Acts 20:18

← Back to Revelation 1:11

Acts 18:19

19And they came to Ephesus and he left them there but he himself entered into the synagogue and reasoned with the Jews

Related verses (12)

they came

And

Ephesus

and … them

he left

there

he himself

but

entered

into

the

synagogue

and reasoned

with the

Jews

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

κατήντησανkah-TAYN-tay-sahn

δὲdeh

εἰςays

ἜφεσονEH-feh-sohn

κἀκείνουςkah-KAY-noos

κατέλιπενkah-TEH-lee-pen

αὐτοῦow-TOO

αὐτὸςow-TOHS

δὲdeh

εἰσελθὼνay-sel-THOHN

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

συναγωγὴνsoo-nah-goh-GAYN

διελέξατοdee-eh-LEH-ksah-toh

τοῖςtoys

Ἰουδαίοιςee-oo-DAI-oys

The Pieces

κατήντησανGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἔφεσονname of a place

κἀκείνουςGreek demonstrative pronoun

κατέλιπενGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek adverb

αὐτὸςGreek pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

εἰσελθὼνGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

συναγωγὴνGreek noun, feminine

διελέξατοGreek verb

τοῖςGreek article

Ἰουδαίοιςname of a people descended from a person

What It Can Mean

to come to(a) I come down, either from high land to lower (or actually to the sea-coast), or from the high seas to the coast; hence met: I arrive at, reach (my destination), (b) of property: I come down (descend) by inheritance to an heir.† κατ-αντάω, -ῶ, [in LXX: II Ki 3:29 ( חוּל ), II Mac 4:21, 24, 44 Mac 6:14 *;] to come to, arrive at: seq. εἰς, c. acc. loc., Ac 16:1 18:19, 24 21:7 25:13 (v. M, Pr., 132) 27:12 28:13; seq. ἀντικρύ, c. gen., Ac 20:15. Metaph., seq. εἰς, c. acc. pers., I Co 10:11 14:36; id. c. acc. rei, to attain to: Ac 26:7, Eph 4:13, Phl 3:11.†Scroll for more

EphesusEphesus, a coast city, capital of the Roman province Asia.Ἔφεσος, -ου, ἡ Ephesus, a city in Asia Minor Ac 18:19, 21, 24, 27 19:1, 17, 26 (on the gen., v. M, Pr., 73) Ac 20:16, 17, I Co 15:32 16:8, Eph 1:1, I Ti 1:3, II Ti 1:18 4:12, Re 1:11 2:1.†Scroll for more

and that oneAnd he, she, it, and that.κἀκεῖνος, -είνη, -εῖνο (by crasis for καὶ ἐκεῖνος, and so sometimes written, v.s. ἐκεῖνος ), and he, she or it; he, she or it also: Mt 15:18 23:23, Mk 12:4, 5 16:[11, 13], Lk 11:7, 42 20:11 22:12, Jo 6:57 7:29 10:16 14:12 17:24 19:35, Ac 5:37 15:11 18:19, Ro 11:23, I Co 10:6, II Ti 2:12, He 4:2.†Scroll for more

to leave behindI leave behind, desert, abandon, forsake; I leave remaining, reserve.κατα-λείπω, [in LXX chiefly far שׁאר, ni., hi., also for עזב, יתר, etc.;] to leave behind, leave: c. acc. pers. (rei), Mt 4:13, Mk 12:19, 21, Lk 20:31, Ac 24:27 25:14, He 11:27; of sailing by a place, Ac 21:3; ptcp., καταλιπών, redundant (Dalman, Words, 21 f.), Mt 16:4 21:17; pass., Jo 8:[9], I Th 3:1; metaph., εὐθεῖαν ὁδόν, II Pe 2:15. to forsake, abandon: Mt 19:5, Mk 10:7 (LXX) 14:52, Lk 5:28 15:4, Ac 6:2, Eph 5:31 (LXX). to leave remaining, reserve: c. acc. et inf., Lk 10:40; ἐμαυτῷ, Ro 11:4 (LXX); pass., He 4:1 (cf. ἐν-κατα-λείπω ).†Scroll for more

thereHere, there.αὐτοῦ, adv., prop. neut. gen. of αὐτός, [in LXX for פֹּה, בָּזֶה;] there: Mt 26:36, Mk 6:33, WH, mg., Lk 9:27, Ac 15:34, WH, mg., R, mg., 18:19 21:4.†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 24:22

Acts 18:20

20And when they asked him to abide a longer time he consented not

Related verses (4)

Acts 20:16 | Acts 21:13-14 | Mark 1:37-38 | 1 Corinthians 16:12

when … asked him

And

they

The ASV does not translate this word.

longer

a … time

to abide

not

he consented

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

ἐρωτώντωνeh-roh-TOHN-tohn

δὲdeh

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

ἐπὶeh-PEE

πλείοναPLAY-oh-nah

χρόνονCHROH-nohn

μεῖναιMAY-nai

οὐκook

ἐπένευσενeh-PEH-nyoo-sen

The Pieces

ἐρωτώντωνGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

ἐπὶGreek preposition

πλείοναGreek adjective

χρόνονGreek noun, masculine

μεῖναιGreek verb

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἐπένευσενGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to ask(a) I ask (a question), question, (b) I request, make a request to, pray.ἐρωτάω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for שָׁאַל;] to ask, question (cl.): absol., Lk 19:31 22:68, Jo 8:7 c. acc pers., Jo 9:21 16:19, 30 18:21; seq. λέγων, Mt 16:13, Lk 23:3, Jo 1:19, 21 5:12 9:19 16:5; c. dupl. acc (WM, § 32, 4a), Mt 21:24, Mk 4:10, Lk 20:3, Jo 16:23 (M, Pr., 66 n ); c. acc pers., seq. περί, Lk 9:45, Jo 18:19. In late Gk. (Milligan, NTD, 51; not, as Cremer, 716, Thayer, s.v., a "Hebraism"), = αἰτέω (q.v.), to ask, request: c. acc pers., Jo 14:16; seq. imperat., Lk 14:18, 19 Phl 4:3; λέγων, Mt 15:23, Jo 12:21; seq. ἵνα (M, Pr., 208), Mk 7:26, Lk 7:36 16:27, Jo 4:47 17:15 19:31, 38, I Th 4:1, II Jn 5; ὅπως, Lk 7:3 11:37, Ac 23:20; c. inf., Lk 5:3 8:37, Jo 4:40, Ac 3:3 10:48 23:18, I Th 5:12; c. acc pers., seq. περί, Lk 4:38 Jo 17:9, 20, I Jn 5:16; ὑπέρ, II Th 2:1, 2; τὰ (WH, txt., om. τὰ ) πρὸς εἰρήνην, Lk 14:32 (cf. δι-, ἐπ-ερωτάω ) SYN.: v.s. αἰτέωScroll for more

greaterMore, greater, of higher value.πλέον, v.s. πολύς.Scroll for more

timeTime, a particular time, season.χρόνος, -ου, ὁ [in LXX chiefly for יוֹם, also for עֵת, etc.;] time (a space of time, whether long or short; cf. Lft., Notes, 70): Mt 2:7, Mk 9:21, Lk 1:57, Ac 3:21 7:17, 23 13:18 17:30 27:9, He 11:32, I Pe 1:17 4:3, Re 10:6; στιγμὴ χρόνου, Lk 4:5; πλήρωμα τοῦ χ., Ga 4:4; ποιεῖν χ., Ac 15:33 18:23; βιῶσαι, I Pe 4:2; διδόναι, Re 2:21; pl., χ. καὶ ( ἢ ) καιροί (Lft., l.c.), Ac 1:7, I Th 5:1; ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν χ. ( χρόνου ), I Pe 1:20, Ju 18; c. prep., ἄχρι, Ac 3:21; διὰ τὸν χ., He 5:12; ἐν χ., Ac 1:6, 21; ἐπὶ ( πλείονα ) χ., Lk 18:4, Ac 18:20; ἐφ’ ὅσον χ., Ro 7:1, I Co 7:39, Ga 4:1; κατὰ τὸν χ., Mt 2:16; μετὰ τολὺν ( τοσοῦτον ) χ., Mt 25:19, He 4:7; πρὸ χ. αἰωςίων, II Ti 1:9, Tit 1:2, instr. dat. of extension of time (v. M, Pr., 75, 148; Deiss., LAE, 206), Lk 8:27, 29 Jo 14:9, Ac 8:11, Ro 16:25; acc, of duration of time, Mk 2:19, Lk 20:9, Jo 5:6 7:33 12:35 14:9, Ac 14:3, 28 19:22 20:18, I Co 16:7, Re 6:11.† SYN.: v.s. καιρόςScroll for more

to acceptI nod to, assent to, consent.ἐπι-νεύω [in LXX: Pr 26:24 ( נָכַר ni.), I Mac 6:57, II Mac 4:10 11:15 14:20 *;] to nod in command or approval, to nod approval, consent: Ac 18:20.†Scroll for more

← Back to Romans 1:10

← Back to Romans 15:25

← Back to Romans 15:32

← Back to 1 Corinthians 4:19

← Back to 1 Corinthians 16:7

← Back to 2 Corinthians 13:11

← Back to Hebrews 6:3

← Back to James 4:15

Acts 18:21

21but taking his leave of them and saying I will return again unto you if God will he set sail from Ephesus

Related verses (14)

but

taking his leave of them

and

saying

again

I will return

unto

you

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

if … will

he set sail

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

Ephesus

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

ἀλλὰah-LAH

ἀποταξάμενοςah-poh-tah-KSAH-meh-nohs

καὶkai

εἰπώνay-POHN

ΠάλινPAH-leen

ἀνακάμψωah-nah-KAHM-psoh

πρὸςprohs

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

θέλοντοςTHEH-lohn-tohs

ἀνήχθηah-NAY-chthay

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

Ἐφέσουeh-FEH-soo

The Pieces

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

ἀποταξάμενοςGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

εἰπώνGreek verb

ΠάλινGreek adverb

ἀνακάμψωGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

ὑμᾶς

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

θέλοντοςGreek verb

ἀνήχθηGreek verb

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

Ἐφέσουname of a place

What It Can Mean

againAgain, back, once more, further, on the other hand.πάλιν, adv., [in LXX for שׁוּב, etc.;] of place, back, backwards (LS, s.v.). Of time, again, once more: Mt 4:8, Mk 2:13, Lk 23:20, Jo 1:35 (and freq.), Ac 17:32, Ro 11:23, Ga 1:9, He 1:6, al; pleonastically, π. ἀνακάμπτειν, Ac 18:21; ὑποστρέφειν, Ga 1:17; εἰς τὸ π., II Co 13:2; π. ἐκ τρίτου (Bl., § 81, 4), Mt 26:44; ἐκ δευτέρου, Mt 26:42, Ac 10:15; π. δεῦτερον, Jo 4:54 21:16; π. ἄνωθεν ( Wi 19:6 ), Ga 4:9. Rhetorically, again; further, moreover: Mt 5:33, Lk 13:20, Jo 12:39, al.; in turn, on the other hand (Soph.; LXX: Wi 13:8 16:23, al.): Lk 6:43, I Co 12:21, II Co 10:7, I Jo 2:8.Scroll for more

to returnI bend or turn back; I return.ἀνα-κάμπτω, [in LXX: I Ch 19:5, Je 3:1, al. ( שׁוּב ), Je 15:5 ( סוּר );] trans., to bend or turn back. Intrans., to return: Mt 2:12, Ac 18:21, He 11:15; metaph. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 10:6.†Scroll for more

to will/desireI will, wish, desire, am willing, intend, design.θέλω (the strengthened form ἐθέλω is found in Hom., and is the more freq. in Attic; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 415 f.), [in LXX for חפץ,אבה; c. neg., מאן pi., etc.;] to will, be willing, wish, desire (more freq. than βούλομαι, q.v., in vernac. and late Gk., also in MGr.; for various views as to its relation to β., v. Thayer, 286; but v. also Bl., §24, s.v.): absol., Ro 9:16, I Co 4:19 12:18, Ja 4:15; τ. θεοῦ θέλοντος, Ac 18:21; c. acc. rei, Mt 20:21, Mk 14:36, Jo 15:7, Ro 7:15, 16, I Co 4:21 7:36, Ga 5:17; c. inf., Mt 5:40, Mk 10:43, Jo 6:21, 67, Ro 7:21, Ga 4:9; c. acc. et inf., Mk 7:24, Lk 1:62, Jo 21:22, 23, Ro 16:19, I Co 14:5, Ga 6:13; οὐ θέλω, Mt 18:30, al.; id. c. inf., Mt 2:18, Mk 6:26, Jo 5:40, I Co 16:7; seq. ἵνα, Mt 7:12, Mk 6:25, Jo 17:24; opp. to ποιέω, πράσσω, ἐνεργέω, Ro 7:15, 19, II Co 8:10, 11, Phl 2:13; seq. ἤ ( ICG, in l.; Deiss., LAE, 179 24 ), I Co 14:19; θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσυνῄ ( of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col 2:18; in OT quotations, for Heb. חפץ, c. acc. pers., Mt 27:43; c. acc. rei, Mt 9:13 12:7, He 10:5, 8; c. inf., I Pe 3:10; for אמר, c. inf., Ac 7:28 (v. Cremer, 726 ff.).Scroll for more

to leadI lead up, bring up, offer, produce, put to sea, set sail.ἀν-άγω [in LXX chiefly for עָלָה hi.;] to lead or bring up: seq. είς, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:1, Lk 2:22 4:5 (WH om. είς, κ.τ.λ. ), Ac 9:39 16:34; of raising the dead (cl.), ἐκ νεκρῶν, Ro 10:7, He 13:20; to produce and set before, τ. λαῷ, Ac 12:4 (MM, VGT, s.v.); in sacrificial sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), to offer, θυσίαν, Ac 7:41. Mid., in nautical sense (Hom., Hdt., Thuc., al.), to put to sea: Lk 8:22, Ac 13:13 16:11 18:21 20:3, 13 21:1, 2 27:2, 4 27:12, 21 28:10, 11 (cf. ἐπ-ανάγω ).†Scroll for more

Acts 18:22

22And when he had landed at Caesarea he went up and saluted the church and went down to Antioch

Related verses (13)

And

when he had landed

Caesarea

he went up

and

saluted

the

church

and went down

Antioch

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

καὶkai

κατελθὼνkah-tel-THOHN

εἰςays

Καισάρειανkai-SAH-ray-ahn

ἀναβὰςah-nah-BAHS

καὶkai

ἀσπασάμενοςah-spah-SAH-meh-nohs

τὴνtayn

ἐκκλησίανeh-klay-SEE-ahn

κατέβηkah-TEH-bay

εἰςays

Ἀντιόχειανahn-tee-OH-chay-ahn

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

κατελθὼνGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Καισάρειανname of a place

ἀναβὰςGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀσπασάμενοςGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

ἐκκλησίανGreek noun, feminine

κατέβηGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἀντιόχειανname of a place

What It Can Mean

CaesareaTwo cities of Palestine: one in Galilee (Caesarea Philippi), the other on the coast of the Mediterranean.Καισαρία (Rec. -άρεια ), -ας, ἡ, Cæsarea; Cæsarea Philippi, at the foot of Lebanon: Mt 16:13, Mk 8:27. Cæsarea of Palestine, on the sea-coast: Ac 8:40 9:30 10:1, 24 11:11 12:19 18:22 21:8, 16 23:23, 33 25:1, 4, 6, 13.†Scroll for more

to ascendI go up, mount, ascend; of things: I rise, spring up, come up.ἀναβαίνω, [in LXX chiefly for עלה;] to go up, ascend, of persons: ἐπί συκομωρέαν, Lk 19:4; εἰς τ. πλοῖον, Mk 6:51; εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, Mt 20:17; εἰς τ. ἱερόν, c. inf. (M, Pr., 205), Lk 18:10; with mention of place of departure, Mt 3:16 ( ἀπό ), Ac 8:39 ( ἐκ ); of things, to rise, spring up, come up: a fish, Mt 17:27; smoke, Re 8:4; plants growing, Mt 13:7; metaph., of things coming up in one's mind (as Heb. עָלָה אֶל לֵב; IV Ki 12:4, al.), Lk 24:38, I Co 2:9; of prayers, Ac 10:4; messages, Ac 21:31 (for late exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

to pay respects toI greet, salute, pay my respects to, welcome.ἀσπάζομαι depon., [in LXX: Ez 18:7, Jg 18:15 ( לְשָׁלוֹם שָׁאַל ), Es 5:2, I Mac 7:29, al.;] to welcome, greet, salute: c. acc. pers., Mt 5:47, Mk 9:15, Ac 21:7, al.; id. seq. ἐν φιλήματι, Ro 16:16, I Co 16:20, II Co 13:12, I Th 5:26, I Pe 5:14; τ. ἐκκλησίαν (Deiss., BS, 257), Ac 18:22; as term. tech. for conveying greetings at the end of a letter (MM, s.v.), used by an amanuensis (Milligan, NTD, 23), Ro 16:22 (on the aoristic pres., here and elsewhere, v. M, Pr., 119; Bl., § 56, 4); κατήντησαν... ἀσπασάμενοι (on this constr., v. Bl., § 58, 4; M, Pr., 132, 238), Ac 25:13 (cf. ἀπ-ασπάζομαι ).†Scroll for more

assemblyAn assembly, congregation, church; the Church, the whole body of Christian believers.ἐκκλησία, -ας, ἡ (< ἐκ-καλέω ), [in LXX chiefly for קָהָל, otherwise for one of its cogn. forms;] prop., an assembly of citizens regularly convened (in Thuc., ii, 22, opp. to σύλλογος, a concourse ): Ac 19:32, 39, 41. In LXX of the assembly, congregation, community of Israel (De 4:10 23:2, al.): Ac 7:38, He 2:12 (LXX). NT, esp. of an assembly or company of Christians, a (the) church; of gatherings for worship: I Co 11:18 14:19, 34, 35; of local communities: Ac 8:3, I Co 4:17; with name added, Ac 8:1, Ro 16:1, I Th 1:1, al.; pl., Ac 15:41, I Co 7:17; τ. Χριστοῦ, Ro 16:16; τ. Ἀσίας, I Co 16:19; τ. ἁγίων, I Co 14:33; εἰπὸν τ. ἐκκλησίᾳ, Mt 18:17 (but v. Hort, Ecclesia, 10); of a house-congregation ( DB, i, 431a), Ro 16:5, I Co 16:19, Col 4:15, Phm 2; of the whole body of Christians: Mt 16:18, I Co 12:28, Eph 1:22, Phl 3:6, al.; τ. θεοῦ, Ac 20:28 ( Κυρίου, T, R, mg.), I Co 15:9, Ga 1:13, I Ti 3:15; ἐ. προτοτόκων ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς, He 12:23. SYN.: συναγωγή, q.v. (v. Tr., Syn., §i; DB, i, 426; Hort, Ecclesia, esp. 4ff., 107ff.; Hamilton, People of God, ii, 37ff.; reff. s.vv. "Church," "Congregation," in DB and DCG; Cremer, 332).Scroll for more

to come/go downI go down, come down, either from the sky or from higher land, descend.κατα-βαίνω, [in LXX chiefly for ירד;] to go or come down, descend. Of persons: Mt 3:16 24:17, Lk 2:51 6:17 10:31 17:31 19:5, 6, Jo 4:47, 49, 51 5:7, Ac 7:34 8:15 10:20 20:10 23:10 24:1, 22, Eph 4:10; seq. ἀπό, Mt 8:1 14:29 27:40, 42, Mk 3:22 15:30, Lk 10:30, Jo 6:38, Ac 25:7, I Th 4:16; ἐκ, Mt 17:9; ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ, Mt 28:2, Mk 9:9, Jo 1:32 3:13 6:33, 41, 42, 6:50, 51, 58, Re 10:1 18:1 20:1; εἰς, Mk 1:10, Lk 10:30 18:14, Jo 2:12, Ac 7:15 8:38 14:25 16:8 18:22 25:6, Ro 10:7, Eph 4:9; ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Jo 6:16; c. acc. pers., Lk 3:22, Jo 1:33, 52; ἐν, Jo 5:[4]; πρός, c. acc. pers., Ac 10:21 14:11, Re 12:12. Of things: σκεῦος, Ac 10:11 11:5; βροχή, Mt 7:25, 27; λαῖλαψ, Lk 8:23; seq. ἀπό, Lk 9:54, Ac 8:26, Ja 1:17; ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Lk 22:44 (WH, R, mg., reject); ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ seq. ἀπό, Re 3:12 21:2, 10; id. seq. εἰς, Re 13:13; ἐπί, c. acc. pers., Re 16:21. Fig., κ. ἕως ᾅδου, Mt 11:23, Lk 10:15, WH, txt., Tr., mg. ( καταβιβασθήση, T, WH, mg., RV), (cf. συν-καταβαίνω ).†Scroll for more

AntiochAntioch, (a) Antioch on the river Orontes, capital of the Province Syria, (b) "Pisidian" Antioch, not in Pisidia, but near Pisidia, in the Roman Province Galatia.Ἀντιόχεια, -ας, ἡ, Antioch; in Syria: Ac 11:19, 20, 22, 26, 27 13:1 14:26 15:22, 23, 30, 35 18:22, Ga 2:11. In Pisidia: Ac 13:14 14:19, 21, II Ti 3:11.†Scroll for more

← Back to Isaiah 35:3

← Back to Daniel 10:18

← Back to 1 Corinthians 16:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:28

← Back to Galatians 1:2

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:10

← Back to 1 Peter 1:1

← Back to Revelation 3:2

Acts 18:23

23And having spent some time there he departed and went through the region of Galatia and Phrygia in order establishing all the disciples

Related verses (16)

And

having spent

time

some

he departed

and went through

in order

the

of Galatia

region

and

Phrygia

establishing

all

the

disciples

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

καὶkai

ποιήσαςpoy-AY-sahs

χρόνονCHROH-nohn

τινὰtee-NAH

ἐξῆλθενeh-KSAYL-then

διερχόμενοςdee-ehr-CHOH-meh-nohs

καθεξῆςkah-theh-KSAYS

τὴνtayn

Γαλατικὴνgah-lah-tee-KAYN

χώρανCHOH-rahn

καὶkai

Φρυγίανfroo-GEE-ahn

στηρίζωνstay-REE-zohn

πάνταςPAHN-tahs

τοὺςtoos

μαθητάςmah-thay-TAHS

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ποιήσαςGreek verb

χρόνονGreek noun, masculine

τινὰGreek indefinite pronoun

ἐξῆλθενGreek verb

διερχόμενοςGreek verb

καθεξῆςGreek adverb

τὴνGreek article

Γαλατικὴνname of a people of a place

χώρανGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

Φρυγίανname of a place

στηρίζωνGreek verb

πάνταςGreek adjective

τοὺςGreek article

μαθητάςGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

to go outI go out, come out.ἐξ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for יצא, also for עלה,בֹּוא, etc.;] depon., to go, or come out of: Mt 10:11, Mk 1:35, Jo 13:30, al.; c. inf., Mt 11:8, Mk 3:21, Lk 7:25, 26 Ac 20:8; id. seq. ἐπί, Mt 26:55, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:38; ἵνα, Re 6:2; ἐ. seq. ἐκ (cl. c. gen. loc.), Mk 5:2, Jo 4:30, al.; ἔξω, c. gen., Mt 21:17, Mk 14:68, Ac 16:13, He 13:13; ἀπό, Mk 11:12, Lk 9:5, Phl 4:15; ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 15:21, Mk 6:1, Lk 9:4, al.; of demons expelled, seq. ἐκ (ἀπό), c. gen. pers., Mk 1:25, 26 5:8, Lk 4:35, al.; of prisoners released, Mt 5:26, Ac 16:40; ptcp., ἐξελθών, c. indic., of verb of departure (cf. Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 8:32 15:21 24:1, Mk 16:8, Lk 22:39, Ac 12:9, 17 al. Metaph., of persons: II Co 6:17, I Jo 2:19; of birth or origin, Mt 2:6 (LXX), He 7:5 (cf. Ge 35:11 ); of escape from danger, ἐκ τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν, Jo 10:39; of public appearance, I Jo 4:1; of things: Mt 24:27; esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations: φωνή, Re 16:17 19:5; φήμη, Mt 9:26, Lk 4:14; ἀκοή, Mk 1:28; λόγος, Jo 21:23; δόγμα, Lk 2:1 (cf. δι-εξέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

to pass throughI pass through, spread (as a report).δι-έρχομαι [in LXX for אבר, הלךְ, בּוֹא, etc.;] to go through, pass through; of things: Mt 19:24, Mk 10:25, Lk 2:35, al.; of persons: Lk 19:4; c. acc loc., Lk 19:1, He 4:14, Ac 12:10; seq. διά, c. gen. loc., Mt 12:43, I Co 10:1; seq. εἰς, Mk 4:35; ἕως, Lk 2:15. to go about: Lk 9:6, Ac 20:25; of a report, to spread, go abroad (Thuc.), Lk 5:15.Scroll for more

in orderIn order, in succession, in the time immediately after, just after.*† καθ-εξῆς (= cl. ἑξῆς, ἐφεξῆς ), adv., successively, in order: Lk 1:3, Ac 11:4 18:23; τῶν κ. ( those that succeeded him), Ac 3:24. afterwards: ἐν τῷ κ. (sc. χρόνῳ ), Lk 8:1.†Scroll for more

GalatiaGalatic, belonging to the province Galatia.Γαλατικός, -ή, -όν (v. previous word), Galatian, belonging to Galatia: Ac 16:6 18:23.†Scroll for more

country(a) a country or region, (b) the land, as opposed to the sea, (c) the country, distinct from town, (d) plur: fields.χώρα, -ας, ἡ [in LXX for אֶרֶץ, מְדִינָה, etc.;] most freq. in cl., a space, place. land, i.e. a land, country, region: Mt 12:2, Mk 5:10 6:55, Lk 2:8 15:13-15 19:12, Jo 11:54, Ac 13:49 27:27; χ. Γαλατική, Ac 16:6 18:23; Τραχωνίτιδος, Lk 3:1; τ. Ἰουδαίας, Ac 26:20; τ. Ἰουδαίων, Ac 10:39; pl., τῆς Ἰουδαίας κ. Σαμαρείας, Ac 8:1; Γεργεσηνῶν ( Γερασηνῶν, Γαδαρηνῶν ) Mt 8:28, Mk 5:1, Lk 8:26; ἐν χ. καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, Mt 4:16; land, property: Lk 12:16; the country, opp. to the town; so in pl., Lk 21:21, Jo 4:35, Ja 5:4.† SYN.: ἄγρος, τόπος (cf. DCG, i, 591 a; LS, s.v. χώρα, ad init.).Scroll for more

PhrygiaPhrygia, an ethnic district in Asia Minor, the north-western part of which was in the Roman province Asia and the south-eastern part in the Roman province Galatia.φρυγία, -ας, ἡ (prop., the adj., Φρυγίος, -α, -ον; sc. γῆ, χώρα ), Phrygia, a region of Asia Minor: Ac 2:10; Φ. καὶ Γαλατικὴ χώρα ( Γ. χ. κ. Φ. ), Ac 16:6 18:23 (on these phrases v. DB, i, 89 f.; CGT, Gal., xxii f.).†Scroll for more

to establish(a) I fix firmly, direct myself towards, (b) generally met: I buttress, prop, support; I strengthen, establish.στηρίζω [in LXX for סמך, שׂוּם ( שׂים ), etc.;] to fix, set fast, make fast: Lk 16:26; τ. πρόσωτον ( Ez 6:2 13:17, al.; v. Dalman, Words, 30 f.), Lk 9:51. Metaph., to confirm, establish: c., acc., Lk 22:32, Ac 18:23, Ro 1:11 16:25, I Th 3:2, 13, II Th 3:3, Ja 5:8, I Pe 5:10, Re 3:2; id. seq. ἐν, II Th 2:17, II Pe 1:12.†Scroll for more

discipleA learner, disciple, pupil.μαθητής, -οῦ, ὁ ( μανθάνω ), [in LXX only as v.l. (A) in Je 13:21 20:11 26 (46):9 *;] a disciple: opp. to διδάσκαλος, Mt 10:24, Lk 6:40; Ἰωάννου, Mt 9:14, Lk 7:18, Jo 3:25; τ. Φαρισαίων, Mt 22:16, Mk 2:18, Lk 5:33; Μωυσέως, Jo 9:28; Ἰησοῦ, Lk 6:17 7:11 19:37, Jo 6:66 7:3 19:38; esp. the twelve, Mt 10:1 11:1, Mk 7:17, Lk 8:9, Jo 2:2, al.; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6:1, 2, 7 9:19, al.; τ. κυρίου, Ac 9:1.Scroll for more

← Back to Zechariah 10:5

← Back to Romans 12:6

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:12

← Back to 1 Corinthians 3:6

← Back to 1 Corinthians 16:12

← Back to Titus 3:13

Acts 18:24

24Now a certain Jew named Apollos an Alexandrian by race an eloquent man came to Ephesus and he was mighty in the scriptures

Related verses (18)

Jew

Now

a certain

Apollos

named

an Alexandrian

The ASV does not translate this word.

by race

an … man

eloquent

came

Ephesus

mighty

and he was

the

scriptures

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Ἰουδαῖοςee-oo-DAI-ohs

δέdeh

τιςtees

Ἀπολλῶςah-poh-LOHS

ὀνόματιoh-NOH-mah-tee

Ἀλεξανδρεὺςah-leh-ksahn-DRYOOS

τῷtoh

γένειGEH-nay

ἀνὴρah-NAYR

λόγιοςLOH-gee-ohs

κατήντησενkah-TAYN-tay-sen

εἰςays

ἜφεσονEH-feh-sohn

δυνατὸςdoo-nah-TOHS

ὢνohn

ἐνen

ταῖςtais

γραφαῖςgrah-FAIS

The Pieces

Ἰουδαῖοςname of a people descended from a person

δέGreek conjunction

τιςGreek indefinite pronoun

Ἀπολλῶςname of a person

ὀνόματιGreek noun, neuter

Ἀλεξανδρεὺςname of a people of a place

τῷGreek article

γένειGreek noun, neuter

ἀνὴρGreek noun, masculine

λόγιοςGreek adjective

κατήντησενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἔφεσονname of a place

δυνατὸςGreek adjective

ὢνGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ταῖςGreek article

γραφαῖςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

ApollosApollos, a Jew of Alexandria.Ἀπολλώς, -ώ, ὁ (perh. contr. from Ἀπολλώνιος, Ac 18:24 D), Apollos: Ac 18:24 19:1, I Co 1:12 3:4-6, 22 4:6 16:12, Tit 3:13.†Scroll for more

AlexandrianAn Alexandrian, a native (or resident) of Alexandria in Egypt.Ἀλεξανδρεύς, -έως, ὁ an Alexandrian: Ac 6:9 18:24.†Scroll for more

manA male human being; a man, husband.ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, freq. אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc.;] a man, Lat. vir. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8:12, I Ti 2:12; as a husband, Mt 1:16, Jo 4:16, Ro 7:2, Tit 1:6. As opp. to a boy or infant, I Co 13:11, Eph 4:13, Ja 3:2. In appos. with a noun or adj., as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Lk 5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; freq. in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Ac 1:16; and esp. with gentilic names, as ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 22:3; ἀ. Ἐφέσιοι, 19:35. In general, a man, a male person: = τις, Lk 8:41, Ac 6:11. SYN.: ἄνθρωπος, q.v. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

learnedEloquent, gifted with learning.* λόγιος, -ον (< λόγος ), in cl., learned ( Ac 18:24, R, txt.). In late Gk., eloquent: Ac 18:24 (v. Page, in l.; Field, Notes, 129).†Scroll for more

able(a) of persons: powerful, able, (b) of things: possible.δυνατός, -ή, -όν (< δύναμαι ), [in LXX for גִּבּוֹר, חַיִל, etc.;] strong, mighty, powerful: absol., Lk 1:49, 1 Col 1:26; οἱ δ., the chief men, Ac 25:5; of spiritual strength, Ro 15:1, II Co 12:10 13:9; seq. ἐν, Lk 24:19, Ac 7:22 18:24; πρός, II Co 10:4. C. inf., able to do; Lk 14:31, Ac 11:17, Ro 4:21 11:23, II Ti 1:12, Tit 1:9, He 11:19, Ja 3:2. Neut., δυνατόν, possible: Mt 19:26, Mk 9:23 10:27 14:36, Lk 18:27, Ac 2:24 20:16; εἰ δ. ( ἐστι ), Mt 24:24 26:39, Mk 13:22 14:35, Ro 12:18, Ga 4:15; τὸ δ. (= ἡ δύναμις ) αὐτοῦ, Ro 9:22.†Scroll for more

a writing(a) a writing, (b) a passage of scripture; plur: the scriptures.γραφή, -ῆς, ἡ (< γράφω ), [in LXX chiefly for כְּתָב;] a drawing, painting. writing; that which is written, a writing: πᾶσα γ., II Ti 3:16; γ. ἅγιαι, Ro 1:2; προφητικαί, Ro 16:26; al αἱ γ. τ. προφητῶν, Mt 26:56; ἡ γ., αἱ γ., the sacred writings, the Scriptures (i.e. the OT; v. Milligan, NTD, 205); in pl., when the sacred writings as a whole are meant, e.g. Mt 21:42 26:54, Jo 5:39, Ro 15:4; in sing., when a particular passage is referred to, as in Lk 4:21, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:3 9:17 10:11 11:2, Ja 2:23 (Cremer, 165; DCG, ii, 584).Scroll for more

← Back to Psalms 67:2

← Back to Amos 8:14

← Back to Acts 13:10

← Back to Acts 19:3

← Back to Romans 12:11

← Back to 2 Timothy 3:16

Acts 18:25

25This man had been instructed in the way of the Lord and being fervent in spirit he spake and taught accurately the things concerning Jesus knowing only the baptism of John

Related verses (24)

This man

had been

instructed in

the

way

of the

Lord

and

being fervent

The ASV does not translate this word.

in spirit

he spake

and

taught

accurately

the things

concerning

The ASV does not translate this word.

Jesus

knowing

only

the

baptism

of John

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

οὗτοςHOO-tohs

ἦνayn

κατηχημένοςkah-tay-chay-MEH-nohs

τὴνtayn

ὁδὸνhoh-DOHN

τοῦtoo

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

καὶkai

ζέωνZEH-ohn

τῷtoh

πνεύματιPNYOO-mah-tee

ἐλάλειeh-LAH-lay

καὶkai

ἐδίδασκενeh-DEE-dah-sken

ἀκριβῶςah-kree-BOHS

τὰtah

περὶpeh-REE

τοῦtoo

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

ἐπιστάμενοςeh-pee-STAH-meh-nohs

μόνονMOH-nohn

τὸtoh

βάπτισμαBAH-ptee-smah

Ἰωάννουee-oh-AH-noo

The Pieces

οὗτοςGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἦνGreek verb

κατηχημένοςGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

ὁδὸνGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ζέωνGreek verb

τῷGreek article

πνεύματιGreek noun, neuter

ἐλάλειGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐδίδασκενGreek verb

ἀκριβῶςGreek adverb

τὰGreek article

περὶGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

Ἰησοῦname of a person

ἐπιστάμενοςGreek verb

μόνονGreek adjective

τὸGreek article

βάπτισμαGreek noun, neuter

Ἰωάννουname of a person

What It Can Mean

to instructI instruct orally, teach, inform.*† κατ-ηχέω, -ῶ, to resound. to teach by word of mouth, instruct, inform (v. Bl., Phil. Gosp., 20, 31): Ga 6:6; c. acc. pers., I Co 14:19; pass. c. acc. rei, Lk 1:4 ( ICC, in l.), Ac 18:25 21:24 (cf. Lk 1:4 ), Ga 6:6; seq. ἐκ, c. gen. rei, Ro 2:18; περί, c. gen. pers., Ac 21:21.†Scroll for more

roadA way, road, journey, path.ὁδός, -οῦ, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for דֶּרֶךְ;] a way, path, road: Mt 2:12, Mk 10:46, Lk 3:5, al.; κατὰ τὴν ὁ., Lk 10:4, al.; παρὰ τὴν ὁ., Mt 13:4, al.; c. gen. pers, (subj.), τὴν ὁ. ἑτοιμάζειν (fig.), Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, al.; c. gen. term. (obj.), ἐθνῶν, Mt 10:5; τ. ἁγίων (fig.), He 9:8; acc., ὁδόν, with force of prep. (like Heb. דֶּרֶךְ; Bl., § 34, 8; 35, 5), ὁ. θαλάσσης, Mt 4:15 (LXX). A traveller's way, journey: ἐν τ. ὁ., Mt 5:25, Mk 8:27, al.; ἐξ ὁ., Lk 11:6; εἰς ὁ., Mt 10:10; τ. ὁδὸν πορεύεσθαι, Ac 8:39; ὁ. ἡμέρας, Lk 2:44; ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (= cl., ὁ. ποιεῖσθαι; v. Field, Notes, 25), to make one's way, i.e. proceed on one's journey, Mk 2:23. Metaph. (cl.; but esp. freq. in Heb.; v. Cremer, 442 ff.), of a course of conduct, a way of thinking or acting: Ac 14:16, I Co 4:17 12:31, Ja 1:8 5:20; τοῦ Κάϊν, Ju 11; τ. Βαλαάμ, II Pe 2:15; εἰρήνης, Ro 3:17; ζωῆς, Ac 2:28; ἡ ὁ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τ. ζωήν (Dalman, Words, 160), Mt 7:14; τ. δικαιοσύνης, Mt 21:32; σωτηρίας, Ac 16:17; αἱ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ ( κυρίου ), Ac 13:10, Ro 11:33, Re 15:3 (cf. Ho 14:9 Ps 94 (95):10, Si 39:24, al.); ἡ ὁ. τ. θεοῦ (the way approved by God), Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14, Lk 20:21; id., of the Christian religion, Ac 18:26; so, absol., ἡ ὁ., Ac 9:2 19:9, 23 24:22; of Christ as the means of approach to God, Jo 14:6. Ellipsis of ὁ.: ποίας (sc. ὁδοῦ ), Lk 5:19; ἐκείνης, Luke 19:4 (v. Bl., § 36, 13; 44, 1).Scroll for more

be fervent(lit: I boil, am boiling), I burn (in spirit), am fervent.ζέω [in LXX for רוּם, רתח, metaph., IV Mac 18:20;] to boil, be hot; metaph., of anger, love, zeal: ptcp., fervent: τ. πνεύματι, Ac 18:25, Ro 12:11.†Scroll for more

spirit/breath: spiritWind, breath, spirit.πνεῦμα, -τος, τό, (< πνέω ), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for רוּחַ;] of air in motion; wind: Jo 3:8; pl., He 1:7 (LXX); breath: π. ζωῆς, Re 11:11; π. τοῦ στόματος, fig., II Th 2:8 (cf. Ps 32 (33):6 ). Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Lk 8:55, Jo 19:30, Ac 7:59, al.; opp. to σάρξ, Mt 26:41, Mk 14:38, I Co 5:5, al.; to σῶμα, Ro 8:10, I Co 6:17 7:34, I Pe 4:6; to ψυχή, Phl 1:27, He 4:12; τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ. καὶ τ. σῶμα, I Th 5:23 (M, Th., in l.); dat., τῷ π., in spirit, Mk 2:8 8:12, Jo 11:33 13:21, Ac 18:25, Ro 12:11, I Co 7:34, I Pe 3:18, al.; of the human spirit of Christ, Ro 1:4, I Ti 3:16. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence: Lk 1:17, Ro 8:15, I Co 4:21, Gal 6:1, Eph 2:2, II Ti 1:7, I Jo 4:6, al. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 24:37, 39, Ac 23:8; π. ὁ θεός, God is spirit, Jo 4:24; πατὴρ τῶν π., He 12:9; of disembodied human beings, He 12:23, I Pe 3:19 ( ICC, in l.; DB, iii, 795); of angels. He 1:14; of demons or evil spirits, Mt 8:16, Mk 9:20, Lk 9:39, al.; π. πύθωνα, Ac 16:16; πνεύματα δαιμονίων, Re 16:14; π. δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Lk 4:33; π. ἀσθενείας (Bl., § 35, 5), Lk 13:11; π. ἀκάθαρτον, Mt 10:1, Mk 1:23, Lk 4:36, Ac 5:16; π. ἄλαλον ( καὶ κωφόν ), Mk 9:17, 25; πονηρόν, Lk 7:21, Ac 19:12, al. Of the Holy Spirit, π. ἅγιον, τὸ ἅ. π., τὸ π. τὸ ἅ., τὸ π., π. (the article as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation, influence or gift of the Spirit; v. WM, 151 5; Bl., § 46, 7): anarth., Mt 1:18 3:11, 16 4:1, Mk 1:8 (Swete, in l.), Mk 1:10, Lk 1:15, Jo 7:39, Ac 19:2, Ro 5:5, I Co 2:4, al.; c. art., Mt 4:1 12:31, 32, Mk 1:10 3:29, Lk 2:26, Jo 7:36 14:26, Ac 4:31 5:3, Ro 8:16, al.; ( τὸ ) π. ( τοῦ ) θεοῦ, Mt 3:16, Ro 8:9, Eph 3:16, I Jo 4:2, al.; τὸ π. τ. πατρός, Mt 10:20; π. θεοῦ ζῶντος, II Co 3:3; ( τὸ ) π. τοῦ κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 5:9 8:39; τὸ π. Ἰησοῦ, Ac 16:7; Χριστοῦ, Ro 8:9; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Phl 1:19; τὸ π. τ. ἀληθείας, Jo 15:26 16:13, I Jo 4:6; λείγει ( μαρτυρεῖ ) τὸ π. ( τὸ ἅγιον ), Ac 21:11 28:25, I Ti 4:1, He 3:7 10:15, Re 14:13; seq. τ. ἐκκλησίαις, Re 2:7, 11, 17, 29, 3:6, 13, 22; ἐν τ. π., Lk 2:27; κατὰ πνεῦμα, Ro 8:4, 5; ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ π., Jo 3:5; διὰ πνεύματος αἰωνίου, He 9:14; ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος, II Th 2:18, I Pe 1:2; ἓν π., I Co 12:13, Eph 2:18 4:4; ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ π. ἐστιν, II Co 3:17; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opp. to γράμμα, Ro 2:29 7:6, II Co 3:6. SYN.: νοῦς, which in NT is contrasted with π. as "the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse" ( DB, iv, 612); ψυχή —the usual term in cl. psychology—in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, π. expresses man as drawing his life from God" ( DB, 1-vol., 872).Scroll for more

exactlyCarefully, exactly, strictly, distinctly.ἀκριβῶς adv. (< ἀκριβής ), [in LXX: De 19:18 ( יָטַב ), Da TH 7:19 ( יְצֵב ), Ez 39:14, Wi 19:18, Si 18:29;] with exactness, carefully: Mt 2:8, Lk 1:3, Ac 18:25, Eph 5:15, I Th 5:2 (M, Th., in l.). Compar., ἀκριβέστερον (Milligan, NTD, 111; MM, VGT, s.v.), Ac 18:26 23:15, 20 24:22.†Scroll for more

to know/understandI know, know of, understand.ἐπίσταμαι (prob. an old mid, of ἐφίστημι, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for יָדַע;] to know, know of, understand: c. acc pers., Ac 19:15; c. ptcp., ib. 24:10; c. acc rei, Mk 14:68, Ac 18:25, I Ti 6:4, Ja 4:14, Ju 10; seq. περί, Ac 26:26; ὅτι, ib. 15:7 19:25 22:19; ὡς, ib. 10:28; πῶς, ib. 20:18; ποῦ, He 11:8.† SYN: γινώσκω (q.v.), οἶδαScroll for more

aloneOnly, solitary, desolate.μόνος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for לְבַד;] adj., alone, solitary, forsaken: c. verb., Mt 14:23, Mk 6:47, Lk 9:36, al.; c. pron., Mt 18:15, Mk 9:2, al.; c. subst., Mk 9:8, Lk 4:8, al.; pleonast., οὐκ... εἰ μὴ μ., Mt 12:4, Lk 6:4, al.; attrib., only, ( ὁ ) μ. θεός, Jo 5:44 17:3, Ro 16:27, I Ti 1:17, Ju 25. As adv., neut., μόνον, alone, only: referring to verb or predic., Mt 9:21, Mk 5:36, Ja 1:22, al. (v. Bl., §44, 2); οὐ ( μὴ ) μ., Ga 4:18, Ja 1:22; οὐ μ.... ἀλλά (Bl., § 77, 13 3 ), Ac 19:26, I Jo 5:6, al.; id. seq. καί (Bl., § 81, 1 2 ), Ro 5:3 9:10, II Co 8:19, al.; κατὰ μόνας, alone (Bl., § 44, 1), Mk 4:10, Lk 9:18.Scroll for more

baptismThe rite or ceremony of baptism.*† βάπτισμα, -τος, τό (< βαπτίζω ), prop., the result of the act, τὸ βαπτίζειν, as distinct from βαπτισμός, the act itself, immersion, baptism; metaph., of affliction: Mk 10:38, 39, Lk 12:50. Of the religious rite of baptism; of John's baptism: Mt 3:7 21:25, Mk 11:30, Lk 7:29 20:4, Ac 1:22 10:37 18:25 19:3; β. μετανοίας, Mk 1:4, Lk 3:3, Ac 13:24 19:4; of Christian baptism; Ro 6:4, Eph 4:5, Col 2:12 (Tr., -μῷ, q.v.), I Pe 3:21 (cf. Cremer, 130; Tr., Syn. § xcix).†Scroll for more

JohnJohn: the Baptist, the apostle, a member of the Sanhedrin, or John Mark.

← Back to Proverbs 31:26

← Back to Ephesians 6:19

← Back to 2 Peter 2:2

Acts 18:26

26and he began to speak boldly in the synagogue But when Priscilla and Aquila heard him they took him unto them and expounded unto him the way of God more accurately

Word By Word, In Greek Order1he | 2and | 3began | 4to speak boldly | 5in | 6the | 7synagogue | 8when … heard | 9But | 10him | 11Priscilla | 12and | 13Aquila | 14they took … unto them | 15him | 16and | 17more accurately | 18unto him | 19expounded | 20the | 21way | 22— | 23of God

Related verses (20)

and

began

to speak boldly

the

synagogue

when … heard

But

him

Priscilla

and

Aquila

they took … unto them

him

and

more accurately

unto him

expounded

the

way

The ASV does not translate this word.

of God

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

οὗτόςHOO-tohs

τεteh

ἤρξατοAYR-ksah-toh

παρρησιάζεσθαιpah-ray-see-AH-zeh-sthai

ἐνen

τῇtay

συναγωγῇsoo-nah-goh-GAY

ἀκούσαντεςah-KOO-sahn-tes

δὲdeh

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ΠρίσκιλλαPREE-skee-lah

καὶkai

Ἀκύλαςah-KOO-lahs

προσελάβοντοproh-seh-LAH-bohn-toh

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

καὶkai

ἀκριβέστερονah-kree-BEH-steh-rohn

αὐτῷow-TOH

ἐξέθεντοeh-KSEH-then-toh

τὴνtayn

ὁδὸνhoh-DOHN

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

The Pieces

οὗτόςGreek demonstrative pronoun

τεGreek conjunction

ἤρξατοGreek verb

παρρησιάζεσθαιGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

συναγωγῇGreek noun, feminine

ἀκούσαντεςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

Πρίσκιλλαname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

Ἀκύλαςname of a person

προσελάβοντοGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀκριβέστερονGreek comparative adverb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ἐξέθεντοGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

ὁδὸνGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

What It Can Mean

to rule/beginI begin.ἄρχω, [in LXX for חלל, משׁל, etc.;] to begin. to rule (v. DCG, ii, 538 b.): c. gen., Mk 10:42, Ro 15:12. Mid., to begin: seq. ἀπό, Mt 16:21 20:8, Lk 14:18 23:5 24:27, 47, Jo 8:9, Ac 1:22 8:35 10:37, I Pe 4:17; c. inf., an Aramaic pleonasm, Mk 1:45 2:23 5:17, Lk 3:8, al. (v. M, Pr., 14 f.; Dalman, Words, 27; MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

to preach boldlyI speak freely, boldly; I am confident.παρρησιάζομαι (< παρρησία ), [in LXX: Jb 22:26 ( ענג hithp.), Ps 11 (12):5 93 (94):1, Pr 20:9, Ca 8:10, Si 6:11 *;] to speak freely or boldly, be bold in speech: Ac 9:27, 28 13:46 14:3 18:26 19:8 26:26, Eph 6:20, I Th 2:2.†Scroll for more

to take(a) I take to myself, (b) I take aside, (c) I welcome.προσ-λαμβάνω, [in LXX: Ps 117 (18):16 ( משׁה hi.), Ps 72 (73):24 ( לקח ), etc.;] to take in addition. to take to oneself, take, receive; in NT always mid., -ομαι; of things: of food, c. acc., Ac 27:33; c. gen. part., Ac 27:36; of persons: c. acc., Mt 16:22, Mk 8:32 (v. Swete, in l.), Ac 17:5 18:26 28:2, Ro 14:1, 3 15:7, Phm 17.†Scroll for more

stricterἀκριβῶς adv. (< ἀκριβής ), [in LXX: De 19:18 ( יָטַב ), Da TH 7:19 ( יְצֵב ), Ez 39:14, Wi 19:18, Si 18:29;] with exactness, carefully: Mt 2:8, Lk 1:3, Ac 18:25, Eph 5:15, I Th 5:2 (M, Th., in l.). Compar., ἀκριβέστερον (Milligan, NTD, 111; MM, VGT, s.v.), Ac 18:26 23:15, 20 24:22.†Scroll for more

to explain/expose(a) I put out or expose a child, (b) mid: I set forth, expound, explain.ἐκ-τίθημι [in LXX for נָתַן ni., etc.;] to set out, expose: Ac 7:21, Metaph., to set forth, expound: Ac 11:4 28:23; c. acc rei, Ac 18:26.†Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Corinthians 3:10

← Back to 2 Corinthians 3:1

← Back to 2 Thessalonians 2:16

Acts 18:27

27And when he was minded to pass over into Achaia the brethren encouraged him and wrote to the disciples to receive him and when he was come he helped them much that had believed through grace

Related verses (19)

when … was minded

And

to pass over

into

The ASV does not translate this word.

Achaia

encouraged him

the

brethren

and wrote

to the

disciples

to receive

him

and … he

when … was come

he helped

much

them

that had believed

through

The ASV does not translate this word.

grace

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

βουλομένουboo-loh-MEH-noo

δὲdeh

αὐτοῦow-TOO

διελθεῖνdee-el-THAYN

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

Ἀχαΐανah-chah-EE-ahn

προτρεψάμενοιproh-treh-PSAH-meh-noy

οἱhoy

ἀδελφοὶah-del-FOY

ἔγραψανEH-grah-psahn

τοῖςtoys

μαθηταῖςmah-thay-TAIS

ἀποδέξασθαιah-poh-DEH-ksah-sthai

αὐτόνow-TOHN

ὃςhohs

παραγενόμενοςpah-rah-geh-NOH-meh-nohs

συνεβάλετοsoo-neh-BAH-leh-toh

πολὺpoh-LOO

τοῖςtoys

πεπιστευκόσινpeh-pee-styoo-KOH-seen

διὰdee-AH

τῆςtays

χάριτοςCHAH-ree-tohs

The Pieces

βουλομένουGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

διελθεῖνGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

Ἀχαΐανname of a place

προτρεψάμενοιGreek verb

οἱGreek article

ἀδελφοὶGreek noun, masculine

ἔγραψανGreek verb

τοῖςGreek article

μαθηταῖςGreek noun, masculine

ἀποδέξασθαιGreek verb

αὐτόνGreek pronoun

ὃςGreek relative pronoun

παραγενόμενοςGreek verb

συνεβάλετοGreek verb

πολὺGreek adjective or Greek adverb

τοῖςGreek article

πεπιστευκόσινGreek verb

διὰGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

χάριτοςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to encourageI encourage, exhort, persuade.** προ-τρέπω, [in LXX: Wi 14:18, II Mac 11:7, IV Mac 12:7 15:12 16:13 *;] to urge forwards, exhort, persuade. Mid., in same sense (as also in cl.): Ac 18:27.†Scroll for more

to writeI write; pass: it is written, it stands written (in the scriptures).γράφω, [in LXX chiefly for כּתב ]; to scrape, graze (Hom.), and later (Hdt.) to sketch, draw. to write; of forming or tracing letters on writing material: Jo 8:[6], Ga 6:11, II Th 3:17; to express in writing, commit to writing, record: Lk 1:63, Jo 19:21, 22 Re 1:11, 19 al.; of scripture as a standing authority (Deiss., BS, 112ff.), γέγραπται, it stands written (Luther), Mt 4:4, Mk 7:6, Lk 4:8, Ro 1:17, I Co 1:31, al.; id. seq. ἐν, Mk 1:2, Ac 1:20, al.; c. acc., to write of: Jo 1:46, Ro 10:5; seq. περί, Mt 26:24, Mk 14:21, Jo 5:46; al.; c. dat. (WM, §31, 4), Lk 18:31; id. seq. ἵνα (M, Pr., 207f.), Mk 12:19, Lk 20:28; κατὰ τ. γεγραμμένον, II Co 4:13; γεγραμμένον ἐστί, Jo 2:17; ἐγράφη, Ro 4:24; ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα, Jo 12:16; of writing directions or information, c. dat. pers.: Ro 15:15, II Co 7:12, al.; of that which contains the record or message: βιβλίον, Mk 10:4, Jo 21:25, Re 5:1; τίτλον, Jo 19:19; ἐπιστολήν, Ac 23:25; ἐντολήν, Mk 10:5 (cf. ἀπο-, ἐγ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, προ- ).Scroll for more

to receiveI receive, welcome, entertain (with hospitality), embrace.** ἀπο-δέχομαι [in LXX: To 7:17, Jth 13:13; Jdt.13.1, I-IV Mac 10 *;] to accept gladly, welcome, receive: Lk 8:40 9:11, Ac 18:27 21:17 28:30; metaph., c. acc. rei, Ac 2:41 24:3 (MM, s.v.; Cremer, 688).†Scroll for more

to come(a) I come on the scene, appear, come, (b) with words expressing destination: I present myself at, arrive at, reach.παρα-γίνομαι (Ion. and late for -γίγν- ), [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to be beside or at hand (Hom., Hdt., al.), hence, to stand by, support (Æsch., Thuc., al.): c. dat. pers., II Ti 4:16. to come, come up, arrive (Hdt., Xen., al., and freq. in later writers; v. MM, xviii; Thackeray, Gr., 267 2 ): absol., Lk 14:21 19:16, Jo 3:23, Ac 5:21, 22, 25 9:39 10:32, 33 11:23 14:27 17:10 18:27 21:18 23:16, 35 24:17, 24 25:7 28:21, I Co 16:3; seq. εἰς, Jo 8:2, Ac 9:26 15:4; ἐπί, c. acc., Lk 22:52; πρός, c. acc., Lk 7:4, 20 8:19, Ac 20:18; id. seq. ἐκ, Lk 11:6; παρά, c. gen., Mk 14:43; ἀπὸ... εἰς, Mt 2:1, Ac 13:14; ἀπὸ... ἐπὶ... πρός, Mt 3:13; of a teacher coming forward in public: Mt 3:1, Lk 12:51, He 9:11.†Scroll for more

to ponder/conferProperly: I throw together, hence: I ponder, come up with, encounter, with or without hostile intent; I dispute with; mid: I confer, consult with, contribute.συν-βάλλω (Rec. συμ- ), [in LXX: II Ch 25:19 ( גּרה hith.), Is 46:6 ( זוּל ), Je 50 (43):3 ( סוּת hi.), Wi 5:8, al.;] to throw together, hence, of speech (seq. λόγους, Eur., al.), to discuss, confer (sc. λόγους ): c. dat. pers., Lk 11:53, WH, mg., Ac 17:18; seq. πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Ac 4:15; to reflect, consider, ponder: ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ, Lk 2:19; to meet with, fall in with: Ac 20:14; in hostile sense, εἰς πόλεμον, c. dat. ( εἰς μάχην, Polyb.), Lk 14:31; mid., to contribute (Polyb., al.; cf. MM, xxiv): Ac 18:27.†Scroll for more

grace(a) grace, as a gift or blessing brought to man by Jesus Christ, (b) favor, (c) gratitude, thanks, (d) a favor, kindness.χάρις, -ιτος, ἡ Abbott-Smith does not include the article here., acc., χάριν ( χάριτα in Ac 24:27, Ju 4; v. WH, App., 157), [in LXX chiefly for חֵן;] objectively, that which causes favourable regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl.; Ec 10:12, Si 21:16, al.): Col 4:6; λόγοι τ. χάριτος (gen. qual.), Lk 4:22. Subjectively, on the part of the giver, grace, graciousness, kindness, goodwill, favour: Lk 2:52, Ac 7:10, al.; esp. in NT of the divine favour, grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality: Lk 1:30, Ac 14:26, Ro 1:7, I Co 1:3, al.; opp. to ὀφείλημα, Ro 4:4, 16; to ἔργα, Ro 11:6; on the part of the receiver, a sense of favour received, thanks, gratitude: Ro 6:17 7:25, al.; χ. ἔχειν, to be thankful, Lk 17:9, I Ti 1:12, al. Objectively, of the effect of grace, a state of grace: Ro 5:2, II Ti 2:1, I Pe 5:12, II Pe 3:18; a proof or gift of grace (cl., a favour ): Jo 1:16, Ac 6:8, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:10, II Co 9:8, Ga 2:9, Eph 3:2, I Pe 5:5, 10 al. (For fuller treatment of the NT usage, v. AR, Eph., 221 ff.; DB, ii, 254 ff.; DCG, i, 686 ff.; Cremer, s.v.).Scroll for more

Acts 18:28

28for he powerfully confuted the Jews and that publicly showing by the scriptures that Jesus was the Christ

Related verses (8)

powerfully

for

the

Jews

he … confuted

publicly

showing

the

scriptures

that … was

the

Christ

Jesus

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

εὐτόνωςyoo-TOH-nohs

γὰρgahr

τοῖςtoys

Ἰουδαίοιςee-oo-DAI-oys

διακατηλέγχετοdee-ah-kah-tay-LEN-cheh-toh

δημοσίᾳday-moh-SEE-ah

ἐπιδεικνὺςeh-pee-day-KNOOS

διὰdee-AH

τῶνtohn

γραφῶνgrah-FOHN

εἶναιAY-nai

τὸνtohn

χριστὸνchree-STOHN

Ἰησοῦνee-ay-SOON

The Pieces

εὐτόνωςGreek adverb

γὰρGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

Ἰουδαίοιςname of a people descended from a person

διακατηλέγχετοGreek verb

δημοσίᾳGreek adjective

ἐπιδεικνὺςGreek verb

διὰGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

γραφῶνGreek noun, feminine

εἶναιGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

χριστὸνname of a title or other name

Ἰησοῦνname of a person

What It Can Mean

vehementlyVehemently, powerfully, vigorously.εὐτόνως adv. (< εὖ, τείνω ), [in LXX for בַּשּׁוֹפָרוֹת Jos 6:7(8) *;] vigorously, vehemently: Lk 23:10, Ac 18:28.†Scroll for more

to refuteI effectively (utterly) refute.*† δια-κατ-ελέγχομαι to confute completely: Ac 18:28.†Scroll for more

publicPublic, publicly.** δημόσιος, -α, -ον (< δῆμος ), [in LXX: II Mac 6:10, III Mac 2:27 4:7 *;] belonging to the people, public: Ac 5:18; dat. fem. used adverbially (cl.); at the public expense, by public consent; publicly: Ac 16:37 18:28 20:20.†Scroll for more

to show/proveI show, display, point out, indicate; I prove, demonstrate.ἐπι-δείκνυμι [in LXX: Pr 12:17 ( פּוּחַ hi.), Is 37:26 ( בּוֹא hi.), Ep. Jer 59, II Mac 15:32, al;] to show, exhibit, display: c. acc et dat., Mt 16:1 22:19 24:1, Lk 17:14. Mid., to display for oneself or as one's own (but cf. Bl., § 55, 1): Ac 9:39. to show, point out, prove: c. acc, He 6:17; c. acc et inf., Ac 18:28 (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).†Scroll for more

← Previous: Acts 17 Next: Acts 19 →